wasifu wa shaykh al-islaam - Mawaidha.info
wasifu wa shaykh al-islaam - Mawaidha.info
wasifu wa shaykh al-islaam - Mawaidha.info
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
ﺣﻟا ﺣﻟا ا ﺑ<br />
WASIFU WA SHAYKH AL-ISLAAM IBN TAYMIYYAH<br />
Shaykh Al-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah – M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni Wa<br />
Wanachuoni<br />
Mujaahid, Mufassir, Muhaddith, Faqiyh, Mujaddid (Muhuishaji<br />
Wa Diyn) ‘A<strong>al</strong>im Al-‘Allaamah, Bahari Ya Elimu, Aliyebobea<br />
Katika Elimu Zote, M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni Aliyepigana Jihaad, Baba Wa<br />
Wanachuoni, Hazina Ya Elimu Ya Nadra Kutokea, Ensaiklopidia<br />
(Encyclopaedia) Ya Aina Yake<br />
Abu ‘Abdillaah Muhammad Baa<strong>wa</strong>zir<br />
YALIYOMO<br />
SURA YA 1: UTANGULIZI ................................................................. 2<br />
SURA YA 2: MAISHA YA AWALI ..................................................... 9<br />
Kuz<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> K<strong>wa</strong>ke na Utotoni M<strong>wa</strong>ke ................................................ 9<br />
M<strong>al</strong>ezi yake ......................................................................................... 10<br />
Ibn Taymiyyah: Mtoto Mwenye Kipaji cha Akili ......................... 11<br />
Kipaji cha Kumbukumbu cha H<strong>al</strong>i ya Juu ..................................... 12<br />
1
SURA YA 3: MAISHA YAKE YA UCHA MUNGU ...................... 14<br />
Ibada Zake ........................................................................................... 14<br />
Zuhd Yake ........................................................................................... 19<br />
SURA YA 4: ELIMU YA KITABU CHA MAARIFA YOTE ......... 21<br />
Elimu Yake Na Kumbukumbu Nzuri Kabisa ............................... 21<br />
Al-’Aqidah Al-Wasitiyyah ................................................................... 24<br />
Mchango Wake Kwenye Fiqh Na Usuul Yake ............................... 25<br />
SURA YA 5: ELIMU ............................................................................. 27<br />
W<strong>al</strong>imu Wake ..................................................................................... 27<br />
Wanafunzi Wake ................................................................................ 29<br />
Maandiko Yake .................................................................................. 32<br />
SURA YA 6: ‘AQIYDAH, MANHAJ NA UPINZANI................... 35<br />
‘Aqiydah Na Manhaj Yake ................................................................. 35<br />
Jibu k<strong>wa</strong> W<strong>al</strong>e Wanaodai K<strong>wa</strong>mba Alikuwe ni Mwenye Elimu<br />
Ya Diyn Isiyostaarabika .................................................................... 39<br />
SURA YA 7: JIHAAD, MITIHANI NA KIFO ................................ 42<br />
Jihaad Yake ......................................................................................... 42<br />
Jihaad Yake Katika Kuamrisha Mema na Kukataza Maovu ....... 42<br />
Jihaad yake dhidi ya Wazushi na Madhehebu Potofu ................ 45<br />
Jihaada yake dhidi ya Wakiristo na Maraafidhah ........................ 47<br />
a. Al-Ja<strong>wa</strong>ab as-S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh ................................................................. 47<br />
b. Minhaaj as-Sunnah ..................................................................... 48<br />
Jihaad yake dhidi ya Matartar ......................................................... 49<br />
Mitihani na Kufung<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah ................................. 53<br />
Kifo chake, Allaah Amshushie Rehema Zake juu yake ............... 54<br />
SURA YA 8: HADHI NA CHEO ....................................................... 58<br />
Muhuishaji .......................................................................................... 58<br />
Allaah Alimfanya Yeye Ku<strong>wa</strong> ni Mtu <strong>wa</strong> Juu na Mpambanuzi<br />
<strong>wa</strong> Ukweli na Uongo ......................................................................... 59<br />
Hadhi Yake Miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> Enzi Zake ............ 61<br />
Namna Wanachuoni Wanavyomsifu ............................................. 63<br />
HITIMISHO .......................................................................................... 85<br />
MAREJEO .............................................................................................. 86<br />
Vyanzo Vikuu ..................................................................................... 86<br />
Vyanzo Vidogo ................................................................................... 88<br />
SHUKURANI<br />
2
Natoa shukurani zangu nyingi k<strong>wa</strong> kila <strong>al</strong>iyechangia kazi hii k<strong>wa</strong><br />
njia moja au nyingine.<br />
Hususan k<strong>wa</strong> ndugu yangu ‘Abdun-Naaswir Hikmany k<strong>wa</strong><br />
kuipitia na kuiweka sa<strong>wa</strong> katika Lugha ya Kis<strong>wa</strong>hili. Namuomba<br />
Allaah (Subhaanahu <strong>wa</strong> Ta’<strong>al</strong>a) Ampe jazaa ya khayr nyingi.<br />
Na shukurani k<strong>wa</strong> ndugu yangu Abu Haashim Muhammad<br />
‘Umar k<strong>wa</strong> tashji’i yake na ma<strong>wa</strong>zo yake ya kila <strong>wa</strong>kati.<br />
Kadh<strong>al</strong>ika shukurani zangu zlilozokithiri k<strong>wa</strong> Ahli yangu k<strong>wa</strong><br />
kunisaidia hadi kuikamilisha kazi hii inayomhusu M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni<br />
huyo mkub<strong>wa</strong> katika Historia ya Uislamu.<br />
Namuomba Allaah (Subhaanahu <strong>wa</strong> Ta’<strong>al</strong>a) A<strong>wa</strong>miminie wote<br />
khayr nyingi na baraka katika maisha yao na A<strong>wa</strong>ruzuku <strong>wa</strong>o na<br />
sisi Husnul-Khaatimah.<br />
SURA YA 1: UTANGULIZI<br />
Hakuna shaka yoyote k<strong>wa</strong>mba, hakika shukrani zote<br />
zinamstahikia Allaah. Tunamhimidi, tunaomba msaada K<strong>wa</strong>ke, na<br />
tunaomba maghfira. Tunaomba hifadhi k<strong>wa</strong>ke Allaah kutokana na<br />
maovu ya nafsi zetu, na makosa ya matendo yetu. Yeyote Allaah<br />
Anayemuongoza, hakuna <strong>wa</strong> kumpotosha, na yeyote Allaah<br />
Anayempotosha, hakuna <strong>wa</strong> kumuongoa. Ninashuhudia pia<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba hakuna yeyote anayestahiki kuabudi<strong>wa</strong> isipoku<strong>wa</strong><br />
Allaah, na ninashuhudia k<strong>wa</strong>mba Muhammad (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu<br />
‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam) ni mjumbe na Mtume Wake.<br />
١٠٢<br />
َنُِْﻣ ُﻧَأَو ﺎﻟِإ ُﺗَُﺗ ﺎَﻟَو ِِﺗﺎَُﺗ َﺣ َـﻟا اُﺗا اَُﻣ َﻳِﻟا ﺎَﻬﻳَأ ﺎَﻳ<br />
{{Enyi mlioamini! Mcheni Allaah kama ipasavyo kumcha; <strong>wa</strong>la<br />
msife isipoku<strong>wa</strong> mmekwishaku<strong>wa</strong> Waislamu kamili.}} 1<br />
1 Al-‘Imraan: 102<br />
3
اًَِآ ﺎًﻟﺎَﺟِر ﺎَُﻬِْﻣ<br />
َﺑَو ﺎَﻬَﺟْوَز ﺎَﻬِْﻣ َََﺧَو ٍةَِﺣاَو ٍْﻧ ِّﻣ َََُﺧ يِﻟا ُُﺑَر اُﺗا ُسﺎﻟا ﺎَﻬﻳَأ ﺎَﻳ<br />
١<br />
ﺎًِﻗَر ََُْْﻋ َنﺎَآ َـﻟا نِإ ۚ َمﺎَﺣْرَﺄْﻟاَو ِِﺑ َنُﻟَءﺎََﺗ يِﻟا َـﻟا اُﺗاَو ۚ ًءﺎَِﻧَو<br />
{{Enyi <strong>wa</strong>tu! Mcheni Mola wenu Ambaye amekuumbeni katika<br />
nafsi (asli) moja. Na Akamuumba mkewe katika nafsi ile ile. Na<br />
Akaeneza <strong>wa</strong>naume wengi na <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>ke kutoka katika <strong>wa</strong>wili<br />
hao. Na mcheni Allaah ambaye k<strong>wa</strong>ye mnaombana. Na<br />
(m<strong>wa</strong>tazame) jamaa. Hakika Allaah ni Mlinzi juu yenu (anayaona<br />
kila mnayoyafanya).}} 2<br />
َﻣَو ۗ َُْﺑُﻧُذ َُْﻟ ِْْﻐَﻳَو َُْﻟﺎَْﻋَأ َُْﻟ ُِْْﻳ ٧٠<br />
اًﻳَِﺳ ﺎًﻟَْﻗ اُﻟُﻗَو َـﻟا اُﺗا اَُﻣ َﻳِﻟا ﺎَﻬﻳَأ ﺎَﻳ<br />
٧١<br />
ﺎًَِﻋ اًزَْﻓ َزﺎَﻓ ََْﻓ َُﻟُﺳَرَو َـﻟا ِﻊُِﻳ<br />
{{Enyi mlioamini! Muogopeni Allaah na semeni maneno ya haki.<br />
Atakutengenezeeni vizuri vitendo vyenu na Atakusameheni<br />
madhambi yenu; na anayemtii Allaah na Mtume Wake, bila shaka<br />
amefaniki<strong>wa</strong> mafanikio makub<strong>wa</strong>.}} 3<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> hakika, maneno bora ya kweli ni Maneno ya Allaah, na<br />
uongofu bora ni uongofu <strong>wa</strong> Muhammad (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi<br />
<strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam). Mambo maovu kabisa ni y<strong>al</strong>e ya kuzusha, na<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> kila jambo jipya lilitoanzish<strong>wa</strong> ni uzushi, na k<strong>wa</strong> kila uzushi<br />
ni upotofu, na upotofu unapelekea kuingia Motoni.<br />
Mtume (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam) amesema:<br />
“K<strong>wa</strong> hakika, Wanachuoni ni <strong>wa</strong>rithi <strong>wa</strong> Mitume, na Mitume<br />
ha<strong>wa</strong>kuacha nyuma dinar <strong>wa</strong>la dirham kurithi<strong>wa</strong>. Isipoku<strong>wa</strong>,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>meacha nyuma elimu ili kuweza kurithi<strong>wa</strong>, na yeyote<br />
anayechukua kutoka humo amepata manufaa makub<strong>wa</strong> mno.” 4<br />
“Ilmu hii (Diyn) itabeb<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>tu wenye kuaminika katika kila<br />
kizazi. Wakizikana tahriyf (madai ya kizushi) ya <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naovuka<br />
2 An-Nisaa: 1<br />
3 Al-Ahzaab: 70-71<br />
4 Kipande cha sehemu refu ya Hadiyth iliyosimuli<strong>wa</strong> na Abu Daawuud (3641<br />
& 3642), at-Tirmidhiy (2682), Ibn Maajah (223), na Ibn Hibbaan (88), na <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Albaaniy akaithibitisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba ni sahihi ndani ya kitabu chake cha Sahihy<br />
at-Targhiyb <strong>wa</strong>-Tarhiyb (70).<br />
4
mipaka, madai ya uongo ya <strong>wa</strong>ongo, na ta’wiy (tafsiri za kiongo)<br />
za <strong>wa</strong>jinga.” 5<br />
“Allaah atamuinua katika jamii hii mwishoni m<strong>wa</strong> kila miaka mia<br />
moja mtu ambaye ataihuisha Diyn yake.” 6<br />
Historia ya Uislamu inasimama kama ni shahidi <strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni<br />
wengi <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>tengenezaji na <strong>wa</strong>itaji <strong>wa</strong> njia ya<br />
Allaah; <strong>wa</strong>le ambao <strong>wa</strong>mefuata nyayo za S<strong>al</strong>afus-S<strong>wa</strong><strong>al</strong>ih (<strong>wa</strong>cha<br />
Mungu <strong>wa</strong> k<strong>al</strong>e) katika iymaan na matendo, katika kumuitikia<br />
Allaah na kuweka vipaumbele kwenye maisha; katika ushujaa na<br />
ujasiri, katika hatari na jitihada na katika kujitoa muhanga <strong>wa</strong><br />
maisha yao yote k<strong>wa</strong> moyo wote k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya shughuli ambazo ni<br />
faida k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya siku ya Qiyaamah. Miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> wenye sifa hizi<br />
bora na <strong>wa</strong>lio juu ni <strong>al</strong>-Allaamah, <strong>al</strong>-Imaam, Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islam<br />
Taqiyud-Diyn Ahamd Ibn Taymiyyah – ambaye kumbukumbu za<br />
maisha yake zinaweza kufikia kurasa nyingi za historia ya<br />
Kiislamu ziki<strong>wa</strong> na mafanikio ya milele na hamasa zisizo na<br />
mpaka.<br />
Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni mkub<strong>wa</strong> ambaye<br />
<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> mweledi kwenye nyanja nyingi za elimu ya Kiislamu na<br />
<strong>al</strong>iyeishi ndani ya kipindi kiovu cha kisiasa, kijamii na kidini.<br />
Ndani ya kipindi chake, taifa la Waislamu lilikabiliana na vitisho<br />
vingi; vikiwemo vya ndani na nje – vitisho vilivyo vibaya zaidi ni:<br />
• Uvamizi <strong>wa</strong> jeshi la ms<strong>al</strong>aba kutoka magharibi.<br />
• Uhaini <strong>wa</strong> F<strong>wa</strong>atimiyah katika kusahibiana na jeshi la ms<strong>al</strong>aba<br />
dhidi ya taifa la Kiislamu.<br />
• Unyanyasaji <strong>wa</strong> Tartar kutoka mashariki, na mauaji yao na<br />
ufisadi usio na hisia yoyote.<br />
• Ufisadi <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>f<strong>al</strong>me na <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la, na kujiweka mb<strong>al</strong>i k<strong>wa</strong>o na<br />
Uislamu.<br />
• Ueneaji <strong>wa</strong> upofu katika kufuata Madh-hab uliosababisha<br />
uga<strong>wa</strong>ji <strong>wa</strong> matabaka makub<strong>wa</strong>.<br />
5 Imesimuli<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>al</strong>-Bayhaqiy na kusahihish<strong>wa</strong> na Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Albaaniy ndani<br />
ya Mishkaati, namba 248.<br />
6 Abu Dawuud (3/4278), <strong>al</strong>-Haakim, at-Tabaraniy ndani ya <strong>al</strong>-Awsatw.<br />
Imesahihish<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>al</strong>-Albaaniy ndani ya as-S<strong>wa</strong>hiyhah (2/150)]<br />
5
• Ueneaji <strong>wa</strong> imani za kishirikina na kitizamo miongoni m<strong>wa</strong><br />
Waislamu uliotokana na jitihada za <strong>wa</strong>zushi na<br />
<strong>wa</strong>naojinufaisha nafsi zao kutoka miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> Mashia<br />
Maraafidhah, Masufi na Mabaatini.<br />
Iliku<strong>wa</strong> ndani ya kipindi hichi cha mashaka mengi ambapo Allaah<br />
<strong>al</strong>impeleka Ibn Taymiyyah (Allaah Amrehemu) kusuguana na<br />
changamoto hizi na k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya kuihami Diyn safi dhidi ya<br />
mawimbi makub<strong>wa</strong> ya makosa yasiyoeleweka, ukafiri, uzushi na<br />
mafundisho yasiyopatikana ndani ya Diyn.<br />
Jumuiya nyingi zinazotaka mabadiliko na <strong>wa</strong>le wenye fikra njema<br />
<strong>wa</strong>liathiri<strong>wa</strong> na Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah, na<br />
<strong>wa</strong>limshukuru na k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi <strong>wa</strong>zi <strong>wa</strong>lieleza hisia zao za shukrani<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> kazi zake. Wengi <strong>wa</strong>o k<strong>wa</strong> namna moja ama nyengine<br />
<strong>wa</strong>mechangia elimu zao au misimamo ya mienendo yao k<strong>wa</strong> hoja<br />
za mabadiliko zilizotole<strong>wa</strong> na Ibn Taymiyyah. Hata hivyo,<br />
ha<strong>wa</strong>wezi ku<strong>wa</strong> sahihi kudai k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam k<strong>wa</strong> sababu hata k<strong>wa</strong>mba, mienendo hii ama<br />
<strong>wa</strong>fikiriaji ha<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>taona sababu ya msingi pamoja na Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Islaam ndani ya baadhi ya mwenendo <strong>wa</strong> maisha na tabia zake,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>taenda nae kinyume katika njia zake za msingi.<br />
Lengo la Da’<strong>wa</strong>h na jitihada za Ibn Taymiyyah lilielekez<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />
kuanzisha Tawhiyd na kukana ibada yoyote isiyoku<strong>wa</strong> ya Allaah.<br />
Inga<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>iandika k<strong>wa</strong> mapana kwenye mada kub<strong>wa</strong> mb<strong>al</strong>i mb<strong>al</strong>i,<br />
zote hizi ziliku<strong>wa</strong> ni ndogo tu katika kuanzisha ibada ya Allaah.<br />
Hivyo, jumuiya za kisiasa za leo ambazo zinafanya k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
uanzish<strong>wa</strong>ji <strong>wa</strong> dhana ya ‘Taifa la Kiislamu’ kama k<strong>wa</strong>mba ndio<br />
fanikio lao kuu, h<strong>al</strong>i ya ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>naamini k<strong>wa</strong>mba wito <strong>wa</strong><br />
kuanzisha ibada safi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya Allaah ku<strong>wa</strong> ni kik<strong>wa</strong>zo,<br />
ha<strong>wa</strong>wezi abadan ku<strong>wa</strong> na usuluba <strong>wa</strong> mwenendo <strong>wa</strong> Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah.<br />
6
Ibn Taymiyyah k<strong>wa</strong> hakika <strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>ita <strong>wa</strong>tu k<strong>wa</strong> u<strong>wa</strong>zi katika<br />
kupitia nafasi za Madhahibu mb<strong>al</strong>i mb<strong>al</strong>i na usahihi <strong>wa</strong><br />
kutegemea Ijtihaad inapohitaji<strong>wa</strong>. Hili liliku<strong>wa</strong> na lengo k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
ufuataji upofu <strong>wa</strong> Madhahibu hautaku<strong>wa</strong> ndio kik<strong>wa</strong>zo cha<br />
kurejea nyuma katika h<strong>al</strong>i ya a<strong>wa</strong>li na ufuataji ambao utaku<strong>wa</strong><br />
karibu na ushahidi. Da’<strong>wa</strong>h yake ilipigana kurejea nyuma katika<br />
elimu ya S<strong>al</strong>af, Waislamu <strong>wa</strong>ongofu siku ambazo Uislamu uliku<strong>wa</strong><br />
huru na ushirikina na uzushi.<br />
I<strong>wa</strong>po mfikiriaji mpya <strong>wa</strong> enzi za leo ataona sababu kuu za Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah kukana maamuzi ya upofu dhidi ya Madhehebu mb<strong>al</strong>i<br />
mb<strong>al</strong>i, lakini tu akaamua kulirudisha hili k<strong>wa</strong> kitu kiovu zaidi<br />
kama vile tafsiri zake binafsi au dhana za kisasa au mfano <strong>wa</strong> hizo;<br />
basi hataweza kudai usuluba katika mwenendo <strong>wa</strong> Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah ambaye wito <strong>wa</strong>ke mkuu uliku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>rudisha <strong>wa</strong>tu nyuma kuele<strong>wa</strong> (misimamo ya) S<strong>al</strong>af.<br />
Vivyo hivyo, Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam <strong>al</strong>ifuata njia ya S<strong>al</strong>af katika<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>lingania viongozi Waislamu hata kama ni <strong>wa</strong>tendaji dhambi.<br />
P<strong>al</strong>e Wa-Tartar <strong>wa</strong>lipovamia Shaam, 7 Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>ita<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong> enzi zake na Waislamu k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla kusimama dhidi<br />
ya tukio hilo na kupigana nao. Inga<strong>wa</strong> hata hivyo Wa-Tartar ki-nje<br />
nje <strong>wa</strong>litamka Shahaadah, Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>tambua kama ni<br />
<strong>wa</strong>sioamini k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya ufuataji <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong> moja k<strong>wa</strong> moja<br />
kwenye sheria za Genghis Khan <strong>al</strong>-Yasiq, na pia kutoipa thamani<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> vyote – Shari’ah na heshima ya maisha ya Kiislamu.<br />
I<strong>wa</strong>po mtu hivi leo ataunganisha miambaano (mapengo) baina ya<br />
Wa-Tartar na baadhi ya <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la Waislamu <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> leo bila<br />
ya kutilia maanani sababu kuu, masharti na kutenda matendo<br />
ambayo yanasababisha ufisadi ndani ya ardhi na kum<strong>wa</strong>gika<br />
damu; basi mtu huyo anatenda kinyume na mafundisho ya<br />
7 Jina la k<strong>al</strong>e lin<strong>al</strong>o<strong>wa</strong>kilisha maeneo ya Syria, Jordan, P<strong>al</strong>estina na Lebanon.<br />
7
Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam <strong>wa</strong>la hawezi kujifakharisha mwenendo <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
katika njia ya Ibn Taymiyyah.<br />
Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam <strong>al</strong>iisimamisha bendera ya imani na elimu ya<br />
Ahlus-Sunnah ndani ya maisha yake, kipindi ambacho ndani yake<br />
kiliku<strong>wa</strong> kimejaa uzushi, upotofu, ufisadi uliotapakaa na bado<br />
<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na hamasa. Jitihada zake mbele ya uso <strong>wa</strong> mashaka,<br />
msimamo <strong>wa</strong>ke mbele ya ukweli, subra zake chini ya mitihani na<br />
matumaini yake k<strong>wa</strong> mwisho mwema; kuna mafunzo mengi<br />
ndani yake k<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong> maarifa (jurisprudence) na<br />
mlinganiaji katika njia ya Allaah.<br />
8
SURA YA 2: MAISHA YA AWALI<br />
Kuz<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> K<strong>wa</strong>ke Na Utotoni M<strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam, Taqiyud-Diyn Abu <strong>al</strong>-‘Abbaas Ahmad bin<br />
Shihaab ad-Diyn Abu <strong>al</strong>-Mahaasin ‘Abdul-H<strong>al</strong>iym bin Majdud-<br />
Diyn Abi <strong>al</strong>-Barakaat ‘Abdus-S<strong>al</strong>aam bin ‘Abdillaah bin Abi <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Qaasim Muhammad bin <strong>al</strong>-Khidr bin Muhammad bin <strong>al</strong>-Khidr bin<br />
‘Aliyy bin ‘Abdillaah bin Taymiyyah, <strong>al</strong>iz<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> mnamo siku ya<br />
Jumatatu ya mwezi 10 ya Rabi’ <strong>al</strong>-Aw<strong>wa</strong>l m<strong>wa</strong>ka 661 Hijriyyah<br />
sa<strong>wa</strong> na tarehe 22/January/1263 C.E sehemu za Harraan 8 kwenye<br />
familia maarufu ya <strong>wa</strong>chunguzi <strong>wa</strong> elimu ya tabia na sifa za<br />
Mungu na dini (theologicans). Babu yake, ait<strong>wa</strong>ye Abu <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Barakaat Majdud-Diyn Ibn Taymiyyah (amefariki m<strong>wa</strong>ka 653<br />
A.H/1255 C.E.) <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni m<strong>wa</strong>limu maarufu <strong>wa</strong> madhehebu ya<br />
Kihanb<strong>al</strong>i na mwenendo <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> Muntaqa <strong>al</strong>-Akhbaar (yaani<br />
uchaguzi <strong>wa</strong> misemo ya Kitume) ambao unazipa sifa Ahaadiyth<br />
ambazo zimeegemez<strong>wa</strong> na Shari’ah za Kiislamu, hadi hii leo<br />
unatambulika k<strong>wa</strong>mba ni kazi muhimu mno. Vivyo hiyo,<br />
mafanikio ya kiuanachuoni ya baba <strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah,<br />
Shihaabud-Diyn ‘Abdul-H<strong>al</strong>iy Ibn Taymiyyah (amefariki m<strong>wa</strong>ka<br />
682 A.H./1284 C.E.) y<strong>al</strong>ienea k<strong>wa</strong> mapana.<br />
Huu uliku<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>wa</strong>kati ambapo magenge ya Wa-Tartar chini ya<br />
Hulagu Khaan <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kisumbua ulimwengu <strong>wa</strong> Uislamu<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> mateso yao maovu yanayoendelea katika uuaji. Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na umri <strong>wa</strong> miaka saba p<strong>al</strong>e Wa-Tartar<br />
<strong>wa</strong>lipoanzisha mavamio yao hapo Harraan. Hapo hapo, <strong>wa</strong>kaazi<br />
<strong>wa</strong>liiacha Harraan k<strong>wa</strong> kutafuta makaazi sehemu nyengine.<br />
Familia ya Ibn Taymiyyah ilielekea Damascus mnamo m<strong>wa</strong>ka 667<br />
A.H./1268 C.E; ambayo kipindi hicho ilita<strong>wa</strong>li<strong>wa</strong> na Mamluki <strong>wa</strong><br />
8 Imepakana na mpaka <strong>wa</strong> baina ya Syria ya leo, Uturuki na Iraaq (ambayo<br />
sasa ni sehemu ya Uturuki ya kusini-mashariki).<br />
9
Misri. Iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni hapa ambapo baba yake <strong>al</strong>ikhutubia kutoka<br />
membari ya msikiti <strong>wa</strong> Umayyad na <strong>al</strong>i<strong>al</strong>ik<strong>wa</strong> kusomesha Hadiyth<br />
ndani ya msikiti (huo) na pia kwenye Daarul-Hadiyth<br />
‘Assaakuriyyah hapo Damascus. Mihadhara hii ilihudhuri<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>lio na idadi kub<strong>wa</strong> na h<strong>al</strong>ikadh<strong>al</strong>ika k<strong>wa</strong><br />
Wanachuoni. Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>ifuata nyayo za baba yake ambaye<br />
<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>wa</strong> masomo ya Kiislamu k<strong>wa</strong> kujifunza<br />
kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati huo, ambao<br />
miongoni m<strong>wa</strong>o <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni m<strong>wa</strong>namke <strong>al</strong>iyeit<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> jina la<br />
Zaynab bint Makkiy akimfundisha (somo la) Hadiyth.<br />
M<strong>al</strong>ezi yake<br />
Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam, Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>ilele<strong>wa</strong>, kuthamini<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
kusimami<strong>wa</strong> na baba yake. Alipata elimu kutoka k<strong>wa</strong>ke na<br />
Ma<strong>shaykh</strong> wengine <strong>wa</strong> enzi zake. Hakujifunga tu mwenyewe na<br />
elimu ya <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naomzunguka, lakini <strong>al</strong>itilia mkazo kwenye kazi<br />
za Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>liokuwepo kabla ya <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> njia ya<br />
kuchunguza na kuhifadhi. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> na kipaji cha akili na hodari<br />
<strong>wa</strong> kukamata elimu. 9 Umakini <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> muda kutoka umri <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
<strong>wa</strong> a<strong>wa</strong>li, 10 ambao ulimsaidia kumuongoza maisha yake yote<br />
y<strong>al</strong>iyobakia kujaz<strong>wa</strong> na matendo ya jihad, u<strong>al</strong>imu, uamrishaji<br />
mema, ukatazaji maovu, uandishi <strong>wa</strong> vitabu na barua na kukana<br />
<strong>wa</strong>pinzani. Upana na nguvu za athari zake na hoja zake<br />
(zilimuathiri) Myahudi kuukub<strong>al</strong>i Uislamu mikonini m<strong>wa</strong>ke h<strong>al</strong>i<br />
ya ku<strong>wa</strong> aki<strong>wa</strong> ni kijana mdogo.<br />
Alianza kutoa fat<strong>wa</strong> aki<strong>wa</strong> na umri <strong>wa</strong> miaka kumi na tisa 11 na<br />
kuanza kusomesha ndani ya Daar <strong>al</strong> Hadiyth as-Sukriyyah aki<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
9 Al-'Uquud ad-Durnyyah, uk. 4, na <strong>al</strong>-Ka<strong>wa</strong>akib ad-Durriyyah Fee Manaaqib <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Mujtahid Ibn Taymiyyah cha <strong>al</strong>-Karmee <strong>al</strong>-Hanb<strong>al</strong>ee, uk.80.<br />
10 Ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir '<strong>al</strong>aa man za'ama bi anna man sammaa Ibn Taymiyyah<br />
Shaykhul- Islaam Kaafir cha Ibn Naasir ad-Diyn ad-Dimashqiy, uk. 218, na<br />
A'yaan <strong>al</strong>-'Asr 'an Shaykhul-lslaam Ibn Taymiyyah, Siyratuh <strong>wa</strong> Akhbaaruh 'inda<br />
<strong>al</strong>-Mu'arrikhiyn cha <strong>al</strong>-Munajjid, uk. 49.<br />
11 Sharafud-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Maqdasiy (amefariki m<strong>wa</strong>ka 694H) amempa ruhusa ya<br />
kutoa hukumu za kisheria. Baadaye akatumia nafasi hii kujisifia, akisema<br />
“Nimempatia mimi ruhusua ya kutoa hukumu za kisheria.” Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong>n-<br />
Nihaayah cha Ibn Kathiyr, 13/341, na <strong>al</strong>-'Uquud ad-Durriyyah, uk. 4.<br />
10
umri <strong>wa</strong> miaka takriban 22 ya umri <strong>wa</strong>ke. 12 Vyanzo vikuu vya<br />
elimu zilizunguka kwenye masu<strong>al</strong>a ya sayansi kama vile: Tafsiyr;<br />
Sayansi ya Qur-aan; Sunnah; Vitabu sita; Musnad Imaam Ahmad;<br />
Sunan ad-Daarimiy; Mu’jam a-Tabaraaniy; Sayansi ya Hadiyth na<br />
<strong>wa</strong>simuliaji; Fiqh na Usuul yake; Usuul ad-Diyn na viga<strong>wa</strong>nyo<br />
vyake; lugha; maandiko; hesabati; historia na mada nyengine<br />
kama vile elimu ya nyota, utabibu na ufundi. Ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> haya<br />
unapatikana k<strong>wa</strong> kuzisoma kazi zake ambazo baadaye<br />
<strong>al</strong>iziandika; mada yoyote <strong>al</strong>iyoichunguza na kuiandika inamuacha<br />
msomaji kufikiria k<strong>wa</strong>mba Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mweledi<br />
ndani ya nyanja hiyo.<br />
Ibn Taymiyyah: Mtoto Mwenye Kipaji cha Akili<br />
Siku moja, baba yake na familia yake <strong>wa</strong>lim<strong>wa</strong>mbia ajiunge nao<br />
kwenda mapumzikoni (picnic) lakini ghafla akatokemea<br />
asionekane <strong>al</strong>ipokwendea, hivyo ilibidi <strong>wa</strong>ende bila yake yeye.<br />
W<strong>al</strong>iporejea mwishoni m<strong>wa</strong> siku hiyo, <strong>wa</strong>limlaumu k<strong>wa</strong> kutoenda<br />
pamoja nao. Akasema, akiashiria kitabu kwenye mkono <strong>wa</strong>ke:<br />
“Hamujafaidika chochote kutokana na safari yenu, isipoku<strong>wa</strong><br />
mimi nimehifadhi kitabu chote hichi kipindi mulipoondoka.”<br />
Alitambulikana k<strong>wa</strong> sura yake, kipaji chake cha kuhifadhi mambo<br />
na uhodari <strong>wa</strong>ke ambao uli<strong>wa</strong>shangaza <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> Damascus na<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>fanya kumstaajabia zaidi na zaidi. Inga<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />
mdogo, umaarufu <strong>wa</strong>ke ulifikia maeneo ya jirani. Mara moja,<br />
mmoja <strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> H<strong>al</strong>ab <strong>al</strong>imtembelea Damascus.<br />
Wanachuoni na <strong>wa</strong>tu maarufu <strong>wa</strong> mji huo <strong>wa</strong>likwenda kumlaki.<br />
Ali<strong>wa</strong>ambia: “Nimesikia katika baadhi ya vitongoji k<strong>wa</strong>mba kuna<br />
mtoto ambaye ni mwepesi <strong>wa</strong> kuhifadhi kila kitu. Nimekuja hapa<br />
ili kumuona.”<br />
Wakamuongoza huyo mtu kwenda skuli ndogo ambayo mtoto<br />
huyo akienda kuhifadhi Qur-aan. M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>wa</strong> ki H<strong>al</strong>abi<br />
akakaa k<strong>wa</strong> muda hadi huyo mtoto akapita na bao lake kub<strong>wa</strong><br />
mkononi. M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni huyo akamwita, hivyo akaenda k<strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />
12 Al-'Uquud ad-Durriyyah, uk. 5; <strong>al</strong>-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong>n-Nihaayah, 13/303; ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Waafir, uk. 146 na adh-Dhayl '<strong>al</strong>aa Tabaqaat <strong>al</strong>-Hanaabilah cha Ibn Rajab, 2/388.<br />
11
M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni ak<strong>al</strong>ichukua bao kutoka k<strong>wa</strong>ke na kum<strong>wa</strong>mbia:<br />
“Kaa hapa ewe kijana, na nitakuhadithia baadhi ya simulizi za<br />
Mtume ili uandike.” Akamsimulia baadhi yake, kisha<br />
akam<strong>wa</strong>mbia azisome.<br />
Kijana akaanza kuzisoma kutoka baoni. Kisha Shaykh<br />
akam<strong>wa</strong>mbia: “Acha nikusikilize kutoka k<strong>wa</strong>ko.” Akaanza<br />
kuzirudia simulizi hizo kutoka kich<strong>wa</strong>ni m<strong>wa</strong>ke namna sa<strong>wa</strong><br />
sa<strong>wa</strong> kama vile anasoma kutoka kwenye bao. M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni<br />
akam<strong>wa</strong>mbia: “Futa hii, ewe kijana.” Akanukuu simulizi zaidi za<br />
Mtume na kum<strong>wa</strong>mbia azirudie. Kijana akafanya vile vile kama<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>nzo; akazisoma kutoka baoni na kutoka kich<strong>wa</strong>ni m<strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni akasimama na kusema: “I<strong>wa</strong>po kijana huyu ataishi<br />
zaidi, ataku<strong>wa</strong> na hadhi kub<strong>wa</strong> [ku<strong>wa</strong> ni M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni mkub<strong>wa</strong>].<br />
Hatujapatapo kuona mtu kama huyu hapo kabla.” 13<br />
Kipaji cha Kumbukumbu cha H<strong>al</strong>i ya Juu<br />
Imaam Al-Bazzaar 14 <strong>al</strong>isema: “Rafiki mmoja <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong> muaminifu<br />
akimju<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>iniambia k<strong>wa</strong>mba p<strong>al</strong>e Shaykh (Rahimahu Allaahu)<br />
aki<strong>wa</strong> yung<strong>al</strong>i katikati ya umri <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> ujana na akitembea<br />
kwenda maktaba, hu<strong>wa</strong> anasimamish<strong>wa</strong> njiani m<strong>wa</strong>ke na Yahudi<br />
mmoja <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong> akiishi pembezoni m<strong>wa</strong> barabara ikielekea<br />
maktaba. Yahudi huyo hu<strong>wa</strong> anamuuliza masu<strong>al</strong>a ya mambo<br />
tofauti, na hu<strong>wa</strong> na uhakika <strong>wa</strong> masu<strong>al</strong>a yake (kujibi<strong>wa</strong> vyema)<br />
kutokana na uhodari na ushupavu <strong>wa</strong> akili ya Ibn Taymiyyah. Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah humjibu harakaharaka hadi k<strong>wa</strong>mba Yahudi hu<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
shauku naye. Mwishowe, pindipo Ibn Taymiyyah akimpita yeye,<br />
basi humpatia vipande vya taarifa ambazo zinahakikisha uongo<br />
ambao upo dhidi yake (huyo Yahudi). Hili liliendelea hadi<br />
akaukub<strong>al</strong>i Uislamu na aka<strong>wa</strong> ni Muislamu mwenye kuufuata<br />
Uislamu k<strong>wa</strong> ukamilifu, na hili ni kutokana na Baraka ambayo<br />
Shaykh aki<strong>wa</strong> nayo inga<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>wa</strong> umri <strong>wa</strong> ujana.<br />
13 Imechukuli<strong>wa</strong> kutoka<br />
http://english.islamweb.net/ver2/MainPage/indexe.php<br />
14 Abu Hafs ‘Umar bin ‘Aliy <strong>al</strong>-Bazzaar ambaye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni rafiki yake binafsi<br />
na s<strong>wa</strong>hiba <strong>wa</strong>ke, ameandika maisha yake marefu na ya m<strong>wa</strong>nzo kuhusu Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah katika kitabu kiit<strong>wa</strong>cho ‘<strong>al</strong>-A’lam <strong>al</strong>-’Aliyyah fi Manaqib Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah,’<br />
12
Na tokea kuingia kwenye ujana, <strong>al</strong>iutumikia muda <strong>wa</strong>ke wote<br />
akishughulika na jitihada na utendaji, na akiihifadhi Qur-aan yote<br />
kama ni kijana, na kuendelea k<strong>wa</strong> kusoma na kuhifadhi Hadiyth,<br />
Fiqh, na lugha ya Kiarabu hadi aka<strong>wa</strong> mweledi <strong>wa</strong> masomo yote<br />
hayo. Hili liliku<strong>wa</strong> linaenda sambamba na umakini <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> h<strong>al</strong>i<br />
ya juu katika kuhudhuria darsa za duara za elimu na kusikiliza<br />
simulizi za Hadiyth na athar. Amesikia vitabu vingi kutoka k<strong>wa</strong><br />
Wanachuoni tofauti wenye vipaji vya juu. 15 Ama k<strong>wa</strong> vitabu<br />
vikuu vya Uislamu kama vile ‘Musnad’ cha Ahmad, S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh za <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Bukhaariy na Muslim, ‘Jami’ cha at-Tirmidhiy, ‘Sunan cha Abu<br />
Daawuud as-Sijistani, an-Nasaaiy, Ibn Majad, na ad-Daraqutni<br />
(Rahimahumu Allaahu); kila kimoja katika hivi vimesimuli<strong>wa</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> ukamilifu <strong>wa</strong>ke mara kadhaa. Kitabu cha m<strong>wa</strong>nzo<br />
<strong>al</strong>ichokihifadhi k<strong>wa</strong> ghibu katika Hadiyth kiliku<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Humaydi’s ‘<strong>al</strong>-Jam’ Bayn as S<strong>wa</strong>hiyhayn.’<br />
Ni nadra kuwepo kitabu katika nyanja za sayansi ya Uislamu<br />
[aka<strong>wa</strong> hajakisoma] isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba yeye ameshakutana<br />
nacho, na Allaah Akambariki k<strong>wa</strong> uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kukihifadhi upesi na<br />
kukisahau ni nadra k<strong>wa</strong>ke. Mara chache [kuona k<strong>wa</strong>mba]<br />
atakutana au kusikia kitu isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba kimebakia kwenye<br />
akili yake, aidha k<strong>wa</strong> maneno au maana. Iliku<strong>wa</strong> kana k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
vile ta<strong>al</strong>uma k<strong>wa</strong>ke imeganda ndani ya nyama yake, damu yake<br />
na mwili <strong>wa</strong>ke wote. Hakuchukua tu kibubusa vipande vya<br />
ta<strong>al</strong>uma kutoka hapa na p<strong>al</strong>e. Isipoku<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na uele<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
maarifa kamili, na <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> juu wenye<br />
hadhi ya juu na ubora. Allaah <strong>al</strong>impatia kazi ambayo kika<strong>wa</strong>ida<br />
hu<strong>wa</strong> ndio sababu ya kumuharibu mtu mwengine yeyote, [lakini<br />
Allaah akamja<strong>al</strong>ia] kumuongoza katika ufakhari na furaha katika<br />
nyanja zote za maisha yake, na kutia athari ya uongozi <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>al</strong>ama zilizo <strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu wote, hadi kufikia k<strong>wa</strong>mba kila mtu<br />
mwenye uele<strong>wa</strong> mdogo tu kukub<strong>al</strong>i k<strong>wa</strong>mba yeye ni <strong>wa</strong>le ambao<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mtume (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam)<br />
<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>kusudia p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>iposema: “K<strong>wa</strong> hakika, Allaah humleta katika<br />
kila m<strong>wa</strong>nzo <strong>wa</strong> karne [mtu ambaye] atahuisha masu<strong>al</strong>a ya Diyn<br />
15 Amesoma zaidi ya Wanachuoni 200. Ang<strong>al</strong>ia ‘<strong>al</strong>-Ka<strong>wa</strong>akib ad-Durriyyah’ (uk.<br />
52)<br />
13
k<strong>wa</strong> Ummah huu.” 16 K<strong>wa</strong> vile Allaah Ameihuisha kupitia k<strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
sheria za Diyn hii ambazo hapo zama za k<strong>al</strong>e zilisahaulika kabisa,<br />
na kumfanya ku<strong>wa</strong> ni ithibati juu ya <strong>wa</strong>tu wote <strong>wa</strong> enzi hizi, na<br />
shukrani zote ni za Allaah, B<strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong> Dunia zote. 17<br />
Ibada Zake<br />
SURA YA 3: MAISHA YAKE YA UCHA MUNGU<br />
Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na ukaribu mno k<strong>wa</strong> Mola <strong>wa</strong>ke ambao<br />
ulidhihiri ndani ya ibada zake na utegemezi <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> h<strong>al</strong>i ya juu<br />
K<strong>wa</strong>ke, hivi ndivyo tunavyomsadiki ku<strong>wa</strong> na hatuziweki sifa za<br />
yeyote mbele ya Allaah. W<strong>al</strong>e ambao <strong>wa</strong>meandika <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
<strong>wa</strong>mejadili umaarufu <strong>wa</strong>ke katika ibada, uta<strong>wa</strong>, haya, mwenye<br />
kujitolea, unyenyekevu na ukarimu. 18<br />
Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim anasema kuhusu dhikri za Ibn Taymiyyah k<strong>wa</strong><br />
Mola <strong>wa</strong>ke: “Nilimsikia Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah, Mola<br />
amrehemu roho yake, akisema ‘Dhikri k<strong>wa</strong> moyo ni kama vile<br />
maji k<strong>wa</strong> samaki. Itaku<strong>wa</strong>je h<strong>al</strong>i ya samaki i<strong>wa</strong>po itatengana<br />
kutokana na maji? …Mara moja nilihudhuria s<strong>wa</strong>lah ya <strong>al</strong>fajiri<br />
pamoja na Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah, kisha akaketi na<br />
kumkumbuka Allaah hadi kukaribia mchana. Kisha akageuka na<br />
kuniambia, ‘Hichi ndicho chakula changu cha asubuhi ya<br />
mapema, i<strong>wa</strong>po sitopata kifungua kiny<strong>wa</strong> hichi, nguvu zangu<br />
zitaanguka.’” 19<br />
16 ‘S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh <strong>al</strong>-Jami’’ (1874) na ‘as-Silsilah as-Sahihah’ (599)<br />
17 The Lofty Virtues of Ibn Taymiyyah, ukurasa <strong>wa</strong> 7.<br />
18 Al-A'laam <strong>al</strong>-'Aliyyah, uk. 36-41, 42, 48 & 63 na <strong>al</strong>-Ka<strong>wa</strong>akib ad-Durriyyah, uk.<br />
83-88.<br />
19 Al-Waabil as-Sayyib cha Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim, uk. 60.<br />
14
Kinachodhihiri zaidi katika ibada zake iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni utegemezi <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
h<strong>al</strong>isi juu ya Mola <strong>wa</strong>ke na imani zake ndani ya amri za Allaah.<br />
Mara nyingi p<strong>al</strong>e anapokumbana na aina ngumu za mitihani,<br />
<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na uegemezi mkuu mbele ya Mola <strong>wa</strong>ke. P<strong>al</strong>e habari za<br />
kufukuz<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>ke kwenda Alexandria zilipomfikia na<br />
<strong>al</strong>ipoambi<strong>wa</strong>: “Wanapanga kukuua, kukufukuza au kukufunga.”<br />
Alijibu: “I<strong>wa</strong>po <strong>wa</strong>taniua itaku<strong>wa</strong> ni shahaadah k<strong>wa</strong>ngu. I<strong>wa</strong>po<br />
<strong>wa</strong>tanifukuza, itaku<strong>wa</strong> ni hijrah k<strong>wa</strong>ngu; i<strong>wa</strong>po <strong>wa</strong>tanifukuza<br />
kwenda Cyprus, nita<strong>wa</strong>ita <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah ili <strong>wa</strong>nisikize.<br />
I<strong>wa</strong>po <strong>wa</strong>tanifunga, hiyo itaku<strong>wa</strong> ni sehemu yangu ya kufanya<br />
ibada zangu.” 20<br />
Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim pia anasema: “Aliku<strong>wa</strong> akisema mara k<strong>wa</strong> mara<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> unyenyekevu p<strong>al</strong>e anapofung<strong>wa</strong>, ‘Ewe Allaah, nisaidie ili<br />
nikukumbuke wewe, niwe mwenye kukushukuru wewe na<br />
kukuabudu wewe kisa<strong>wa</strong>sa<strong>wa</strong>.’ Na <strong>al</strong>isema mara moja kuniambia<br />
mimi, ‘Yule ambaye amefung<strong>wa</strong> (kikweli kweli) ni yule ambaye<br />
moyo <strong>wa</strong>ke umefung<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya Allaah na <strong>al</strong>iyependezesh<strong>wa</strong><br />
mno ni yule ambaye matamanio yake yamemtia utum<strong>wa</strong>ni.’ " 21<br />
Al-Imaam <strong>al</strong>-Bazzaar amesema:<br />
“Wakati <strong>wa</strong> usiku, <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> akijitenga kutokana na kila mtu,<br />
akijifunga pamoja na Mola <strong>wa</strong>ke, aki<strong>wa</strong> na uendelevu thabiti <strong>wa</strong><br />
kuisoma Qur-aan tukufu, na kuzirudia ibada tofauti za kila siku<br />
na za usiku.<br />
P<strong>al</strong>e usiku unapokwisha, atakusanyika na <strong>wa</strong>tu kwenye s<strong>wa</strong>lah ya<br />
<strong>al</strong>fajiri, akis<strong>wa</strong>li s<strong>wa</strong>lah ya Sunnah kabla ya kukutana nao. P<strong>al</strong>e<br />
anapoanza s<strong>wa</strong>lah, moyo <strong>wa</strong>ko utataka kuruka kutoka sehemu<br />
yake k<strong>wa</strong> namna tu anavyoileta takbiiraatul-ihraam. P<strong>al</strong>e anapoanza<br />
s<strong>wa</strong>lah, miguu yake hutikisika, ikisogea kushoto na kulia. P<strong>al</strong>e<br />
anaposoma, atakirefusha kisomo chake, kama ilivyopoke<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />
usahihi namna ya usomaji <strong>wa</strong> Mjumbe <strong>wa</strong> Allaah. Rukuu yake na<br />
utulivu <strong>wa</strong>ke, na h<strong>al</strong>ikadh<strong>al</strong>ika namna yake ya kuja juu kabla yao,<br />
ni namna kamilifu za namba ilivyopokele<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> taratibu za<br />
s<strong>wa</strong>lah ya fardhi. Na hujiachia nafasi vizuri katika kikao chake cha<br />
20 Naahiyah min Hayaat Shaykhul-Islaam, uk. 30.<br />
21 Al-Waabil as-Sayyib, uk. 61.<br />
15
m<strong>wa</strong>nzo cha tashahhud, na huitamka tasliym ya m<strong>wa</strong>nzo k<strong>wa</strong> sauti<br />
ya juu, hadi kufikia k<strong>wa</strong>mba kila mtu <strong>al</strong>iyehudhuria kuisikia...<br />
...Nikaja kutambua k<strong>wa</strong>mba ni tabia yake k<strong>wa</strong>mba hakuna yeyote<br />
atakayezungumza naye baada ya s<strong>wa</strong>lah ya Asubuhi isipoku<strong>wa</strong><br />
p<strong>al</strong>e kunapokuwepo haja ma<strong>al</strong>umu. Atabakia katika mtindo <strong>wa</strong><br />
dhikri za Allaah, akijisikiza mwenyewe. Mara nyengine,<br />
ata<strong>wa</strong>achia <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>al</strong>iokaa nao karibu kumsikiliza dhikri zake, kila<br />
mara akielekeza macho yake mbinguni. Ataendelea kubakia hivyo<br />
hivyo hadi jua linapochomoza, na ambapo muda <strong>wa</strong><br />
kuharamish<strong>wa</strong> kus<strong>wa</strong>li umekwisha kuondoka.<br />
Wakati <strong>wa</strong> kukaa k<strong>wa</strong>ngu pamoja naye Damascus, hu<strong>wa</strong> natumia<br />
baadhi ya siku yangu na muda mwingi <strong>wa</strong> usiku <strong>wa</strong>ngu pamoja<br />
naye. Ataniita ku<strong>wa</strong> pamoja naye, nikikaa pembezoni m<strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />
Nikisikia y<strong>al</strong>e anayosoma na kuyarudia, na huona akiirudia ‘<strong>al</strong>-<br />
Faatihah’ mara k<strong>wa</strong> mara nyengine tena, na hutumia muda <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
wote baina ya Fajr na jua kuchomoza akifanya hivi. Hivyo, hukaa<br />
nikijifikiria, niki<strong>wa</strong>za: ni k<strong>wa</strong>nini akisoma sura mahsusi ya Quraan<br />
akiziacha nyengine? Ghafla, ikaja <strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong>ngu – na Allaah<br />
ndiye Ajuaye zaidi – k<strong>wa</strong>mba lengo lake katika kufanya hivyo<br />
iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni kuunganisha pamoja k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e anayosoma baina ya y<strong>al</strong>e<br />
y<strong>al</strong>iyopokele<strong>wa</strong> ndani ya ahaadiyth na y<strong>al</strong>e ambayo y<strong>al</strong>iyojadili<strong>wa</strong><br />
na Wanachuoni, k<strong>wa</strong> namna ambayo adhkaar iliyopokele<strong>wa</strong><br />
ichukue hatamu dhidi ya Qur-aan, ama kinyume chake. Hivyo,<br />
<strong>al</strong>iona k<strong>wa</strong>mba kuirudia ‘<strong>al</strong>-Faatihah’, huweza kuunganisha baina<br />
ya maoni yote, na kuvuna faida za matendo yote, na hili ni<br />
kutokana na hoja zake muhimu na uoni <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> ndani.<br />
Baada ya hili, hus<strong>wa</strong>li Dhuha, na i<strong>wa</strong>po anataka kusikiliza Hadiyh<br />
kwenye sehemu nyengine, atakimbilia sehemu ile pamoja na<br />
yeyote <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong> naye kipindi kile.<br />
Iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni nadra k<strong>wa</strong>mba k<strong>wa</strong> mtu yeyote mwenye akili zake<br />
timamu anapomuona yeye kutokwenda na kuibusu mikono yake.<br />
Hata <strong>wa</strong>fanyabiashara <strong>wa</strong>lioku<strong>wa</strong> na shughuli nyingi <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong><br />
16
na ka<strong>wa</strong>ida ya kuacha y<strong>al</strong>e <strong>wa</strong>nayofanya ili kwenda kums<strong>al</strong>imia<br />
na kupata barka zake. 22<br />
I<strong>wa</strong>po ataona jambo ovu lolote mtaani, atafanya bidii ya<br />
kuliondoa, na i<strong>wa</strong>po atasikia kuna maziko yanafanyika sehemu<br />
fulani, atakimbilia kus<strong>wa</strong>lia au kuomba msamaha k<strong>wa</strong> kuyakosa.<br />
Baadhi ya nyakati, huwenda kwenye kaburi la marehemu baada<br />
ya kum<strong>al</strong>iza kusikiliza Hadiyth na kulis<strong>wa</strong>lia.<br />
Mara moja, yeye na s<strong>wa</strong>hiba zake <strong>wa</strong>litoka kwenda kuharibu<br />
baadhi ya vilabu vya pombe. Wakavunja vyombo vyao, kum<strong>wa</strong>ga<br />
ulevi <strong>wa</strong>o, na kuvunja idadi kadhaa ya vinj<strong>wa</strong>ji hivyo. Pia, mara<br />
moja <strong>al</strong>ivunja nguzo kwenye msikiti hapo Damascus ambayo <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kiiomba baraka kutokana nayo. 23<br />
Baadaye, hurejea msikitini m<strong>wa</strong>ke, ambapo hubaki aidha akitoa<br />
fataa<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu au akitimiza mahitaji yao hadi inapofika <strong>wa</strong>kati<br />
<strong>wa</strong> kus<strong>wa</strong>li Adhuhuri k<strong>wa</strong> jamaa. Hutumia baki ya siku yake k<strong>wa</strong><br />
namna kama hiyo.<br />
Darasa z<strong>al</strong>e ziliku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong> jamii: k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zee, vijana, matajiri,<br />
masikini, <strong>wa</strong>lio huru, <strong>wa</strong>fung<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>naume na <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />
Aliku<strong>wa</strong> na mvuto k<strong>wa</strong> kila mtu anayempita, na kila mtu <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong><br />
akijisikia k<strong>wa</strong>mba yeye Ibn Taymiyyah anamtumikia zaidi kuliko<br />
anavyo<strong>wa</strong>tumikia <strong>wa</strong>tu wengine <strong>wa</strong>liohudhuria.<br />
Kisha hus<strong>wa</strong>li s<strong>wa</strong>lah ya Magharibi na kufuatiliza k<strong>wa</strong> s<strong>wa</strong>lah<br />
nyingi za Sunnah kama ambavyo Allaah anavyomuwezesha.<br />
Baadaye, mimi au mtu mwengine yeyote humsomea maandiko<br />
yake, na hutufaidisha sisi k<strong>wa</strong> nukta na maelezo mb<strong>al</strong>i mb<strong>al</strong>i.<br />
Hufanya hivi hadi tunapos<strong>wa</strong>li ‘Isha’, baada ya hapo huendelea<br />
kama tulivyoku<strong>wa</strong> kabla, tukichunguza kwenye nyanja tofauti za<br />
elimu. Hu<strong>wa</strong> tunafanya hivi hadi muda mwingi <strong>wa</strong> usiku<br />
unapopita. Wakati wote huu – usiku na mchana – Ibn Taymiyyah<br />
mara k<strong>wa</strong> mara humdhukuru Allaah, akitaja Upweke <strong>wa</strong>ke, na<br />
kuomba msamaha Wake.<br />
22 Hii ni k<strong>wa</strong> namna ya k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kikimbilia kupata barka za<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> naye karibu na elimu yake, sio k<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mrithi <strong>wa</strong><br />
chanzo cha barka.<br />
23 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong>n-Nihaayah (13/34 na 14/122-123).<br />
17
Na kila mara huinua macho yake mbinguni na hatoacha kufanya<br />
hivi, kama vile kuna kitu amekiona huko juu kinachoyafanya<br />
macho yake yagande huko. Hufanya hivi k<strong>wa</strong> muda wote<br />
ninapokaa pamoja naye.<br />
Hivyo, subhaana-Allaah! Ni k<strong>wa</strong> namna gani siku hizi ziliku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />
fupi! Yareti zingeliku<strong>wa</strong> ni refu! Naapa k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah, hadi hii leo,<br />
hakuna <strong>wa</strong>kati uliotokea uka<strong>wa</strong> ni wenye kupendezesha zaidi<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>ngu kuliko muda ninaokaa pamoja naye, na hakuna kipindi<br />
nilichoonekana kwenye nafasi bora kama kipindi hicho, na hili<br />
h<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> sababu nyengine isipoku<strong>wa</strong> ni barakah za Shaykh,<br />
(Rahimahu Allaahu).<br />
Kila wiki, <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> akitembelea <strong>wa</strong>gonj<strong>wa</strong>, has<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>liopo<br />
hospit<strong>al</strong>ini, na nimearifi<strong>wa</strong> na zaidi ya mtu mmoja ambaye ukweli<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke siutilii shaka k<strong>wa</strong>mba maisha yake yote ya Shaykh<br />
y<strong>al</strong>itumika kwenye mtindo ambao nimeushuhudia na niliouleza<br />
hapo juu. Hivyo, ni ibada gani, na jihadi gani, iliyo bora kuliko<br />
hii? 24<br />
Hivyo, ang<strong>al</strong>ia ni k<strong>wa</strong> namna gani Allaah amemuongoza Imaam<br />
huyu kuepukana na yote isipoku<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e anayohitajia ndani ya<br />
maisha yake. Alizidi<strong>wa</strong> na mapenzi yake k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah, na matokeo<br />
yake <strong>al</strong>ituniki<strong>wa</strong> sifa zote na ubora kinyume na Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong><br />
kidunia ambao <strong>wa</strong>nauchagua, kuutafuta, na kuukimbilia.<br />
Wanapochagua mazuri yake, <strong>wa</strong>najifungia mb<strong>al</strong>i kutokana na njia<br />
yake ya uongofu, na matokeo yake <strong>wa</strong>naangukia kinyume chake.<br />
Wanaenda kwenye mtindo <strong>wa</strong> kuchanganyiki<strong>wa</strong>, kama ambavyo<br />
mtu anayetembea kwenye giza, asijue kipi <strong>wa</strong>nachokula <strong>wa</strong>la<br />
<strong>wa</strong>nachovaa. W<strong>al</strong>a ha<strong>wa</strong>elewi lipi <strong>wa</strong>nategemea kufaniki<strong>wa</strong><br />
kutokana na m<strong>al</strong>engo yao maovu na ya udh<strong>al</strong>ilifu. Wanashindana<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>yo, <strong>wa</strong>kifanyia uadui k<strong>wa</strong> sababu zake, <strong>wa</strong>kiijaza miili yao<br />
pamoja nazo, na <strong>wa</strong>kisukuma kila kitu nje ya mioyo yao.<br />
Wanategemea zaidi muonekano <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong> nje h<strong>al</strong>i yaku<strong>wa</strong> mioyo<br />
yao imepiga weusi na iliyojaa ufisadi. W<strong>al</strong>a ha<strong>wa</strong>tosheki hadi p<strong>al</strong>e<br />
24 The Lofty Virtues of Ibn Taymiyyah, ukurasas 15.<br />
18
<strong>wa</strong>napoku<strong>wa</strong> maadui k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naokana na <strong>wa</strong>naochukiz<strong>wa</strong><br />
na aina hiyo ya maisha.<br />
P<strong>al</strong>e <strong>wa</strong>lipomuona Imaam huyu kama ni M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>wa</strong><br />
Akhera – akiachana na tabia zao za kukusanya mazuri ya dunia<br />
hii, akijiepusha na yenye kutia shaka, na kukana y<strong>al</strong>e mambo<br />
ambayo hayana umuhimu kuruhusi<strong>wa</strong> – <strong>wa</strong>kaja kuona k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
mwenendo <strong>wa</strong>ke una<strong>wa</strong>weka <strong>wa</strong>zi na ku<strong>wa</strong>tia aibu. Hivyo,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kazidi choyo k<strong>wa</strong>mba yeye ameonesha sifa za kiroho h<strong>al</strong>i ya<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> ha<strong>wa</strong>na kitu zaidi ya y<strong>al</strong>e maovu, na<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kakusanyika kumvuruga k<strong>wa</strong> namna itakayoku<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>kisahau<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> ni mb<strong>wa</strong> mwitu <strong>wa</strong>kati yeye ni simba.<br />
Hivyo, Allaah Amemlinda yeye kutokana nao ndani ya matokeo<br />
zaidi ya moja, kama ambavyo Anafanya k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tum<strong>wa</strong> Wake<br />
<strong>wa</strong>penzi. Amemlinda yeye k<strong>wa</strong> kipindi chote cha maisha yake, na<br />
kusambaza elimu yake baada ya kifo chake hadi hatamu za Ardhi.<br />
Zuhd Yake<br />
Imaam <strong>al</strong>-Bazzaar amesema kuhusiana na zuhd ya Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Islaam:<br />
“Ama k<strong>wa</strong> zuhd yake kutokana na dunia na marembo yake, Allaah<br />
amefanya hili ku<strong>wa</strong> ni somo endelevu ndani ya maisha yake tokea<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> ujana <strong>wa</strong>ke. Rafiki mmoja muaminifu <strong>al</strong>inisimulia<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba m<strong>wa</strong>limu <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>al</strong>iyemsomesha Qur-aan Ibn Taymiyyah<br />
akisema:<br />
“Baba yake ameniambia <strong>wa</strong>kati bado aki<strong>wa</strong> ni mtoto mdogo:<br />
“Nitapendelea k<strong>wa</strong>ko wewe kumuhakikishia k<strong>wa</strong>mba i<strong>wa</strong>po<br />
hatoacha kusoma na kuifanyia kazi Qur-aan, nitampatia dirham<br />
arobaini kila mwezi.” Hivyo, akanipatia zile dirham arobaini, na<br />
kuniambia: “Mpatie yeye. Bado ni kijana, na huwenda<br />
akafurahikia na kuengeza hamu yake katika kuhifadhi na kuisoma<br />
Qur-aan, na m<strong>wa</strong>mbie k<strong>wa</strong>mba ataku<strong>wa</strong> na ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo kama hicho<br />
cha fedha kila mwezi.” [Hata] Hivyo, Ibn Taymiyyah akakataa<br />
kuzikub<strong>al</strong>i, akisema:<br />
19
“Ewe m<strong>wa</strong>limu <strong>wa</strong>ngu, nimemuahidi Allaah k<strong>wa</strong>mba sitokub<strong>al</strong>i<br />
aina yoyote ya m<strong>al</strong>ipo k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya Qur-aan,” na <strong>wa</strong>la hakuzikub<strong>al</strong>i<br />
daima. Nikajisemeza k<strong>wa</strong>mba hili h<strong>al</strong>iwezi kutokea isipoku<strong>wa</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong> kijana ambaye ameteng<strong>wa</strong> na Allaah.<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>limu huyu amezungumza ukweli, k<strong>wa</strong>ni hifadhi na ulinzi <strong>wa</strong><br />
Allaah ndio uliomkuza yeye kwenye mazuri yote ndani ya maisha<br />
yake kutoka m<strong>wa</strong>nzo hadi mwisho. Kila mtu <strong>al</strong>iyekutana naye –<br />
has<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>liosuhubiana naye k<strong>wa</strong> vipindi virefu vya <strong>wa</strong>kati –<br />
<strong>wa</strong>nakub<strong>al</strong>i k<strong>wa</strong>mba ha<strong>wa</strong>kupata kuona mtu sa<strong>wa</strong> na yeye<br />
kwenye zuhd yake ya dunya, hadi kufikia ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni maarufu k<strong>wa</strong> hili, na hili lilikuja ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi ndani ya<br />
kila moyo <strong>wa</strong> mtu asikiaye sifa zake, <strong>wa</strong> mb<strong>al</strong>i na <strong>wa</strong> karibu.<br />
Ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba, i<strong>wa</strong>po utaku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye kumuuliza mtu<br />
ambaye akiishi hapa kila siku ambaye haku<strong>wa</strong> karibu mno na<br />
Shaykh: ‘Ni nani ambaye ameonesha zuhd ya juu ndani ya enzi<br />
zetu, na <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye ukakamavu <strong>wa</strong> kukana mambo<br />
yasiyo na muhimu ya dunya, na mwenye hamu kub<strong>wa</strong> ya<br />
kuitafuta Akhera?’ basi atasema: ‘Sijasikiapo mtu yeyote kama Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah (Rahimahu Allaah)!’ 25<br />
Haku<strong>wa</strong> maarufu k<strong>wa</strong> hili isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya kujitolea<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>ke katika kufanya hivyo. Ni Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>ngapi<br />
tuna<strong>wa</strong>shuhudia ambao <strong>wa</strong>meridhika na ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo kidogo cha<br />
dunya <strong>wa</strong>lichonacho kuliko <strong>al</strong>ivyoku<strong>wa</strong> yeye? Hakupatapo<br />
kusikilikana akiulizia kuhusu mke mzuri, ama mtum<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> kike<br />
<strong>al</strong>iye mchangamfu, ama nyumba iliyojeng<strong>wa</strong> vyema, au <strong>wa</strong>tum<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>tiifu, au bustani za kifakhari, au mnyama mwenye nguvu k<strong>wa</strong><br />
ajili ya kutembelea, au nguo laini na za kisasa, au nafasi ya<br />
uongozi, <strong>wa</strong>la hakupatapo kuzuia dinar au dirham, <strong>wa</strong>la<br />
hakupatapo kuonekana kukimbilia kupata kitu chenye kuruhusika<br />
na kisicho na umuhimu. Hili liliku<strong>wa</strong>, inga<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba, ukweli<br />
upo ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>f<strong>al</strong>me, <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la na <strong>wa</strong>fanya biashara maarufu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> chini ya amri yake, wenye kuyakub<strong>al</strong>i maneno yake,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ki<strong>wa</strong> tayari kuja karibu naye kadiri <strong>wa</strong>navyoweza, <strong>wa</strong>kimsifu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>zi <strong>wa</strong>zi, na kila mmoja aki<strong>wa</strong> tayari kushughulikia mahitaji<br />
yake ya kifedha.<br />
25 The Lofty Virtues of Ibn Taymiyyah, ukurasa, 18.<br />
20
Hivyo, je <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni sa<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>le ambao <strong>wa</strong>najihimilishia<br />
wenyewe elimu h<strong>al</strong>i ya ku<strong>wa</strong> ha<strong>wa</strong>ku<strong>wa</strong> ni wenye kutokana na<br />
<strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>ke – <strong>wa</strong>le ambao <strong>wa</strong>nababaish<strong>wa</strong> na Sheitani kwenye<br />
kumtumikia yeye katika neno na kitendo? Je huoni k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
<strong>wa</strong>naziang<strong>al</strong>ia sifa zao na zake, tabia zao na zake, uchoyo <strong>wa</strong>o<br />
katika kushindana dunya na kuachana kabisa k<strong>wa</strong>ke na mapambo<br />
yake, makimbilio yao katika kukusanya [dunia] k<strong>wa</strong> kadiri<br />
<strong>wa</strong>wezavyo na kimbilio lake yeye kuiepuka, utumilikivu <strong>wa</strong>o k<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la na kuendelea kubakia milangoni m<strong>wa</strong>o kinyume na<br />
kujitumilikisha <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la k<strong>wa</strong>ke yeye, ukosefu <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> vitisho<br />
kutoka kwenye mamlaka na nguvu zao, uwepesi <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong><br />
kuzungumza k<strong>wa</strong>ke ukweli mbele yao, na nguvu ambayo<br />
ata<strong>wa</strong>hutubia <strong>wa</strong>o? K<strong>wa</strong> hakika, naapa k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah! Hata hivyo,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>mejinyoa wenyewe – k<strong>wa</strong> dini yao, sio nywele zao, na mapenzi<br />
yao ya dunya yamechukua ndoto zao, na <strong>wa</strong>meibi<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> nguvu –<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> elimu zao, sio k<strong>wa</strong> miliki zao, hadi kufikia k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
<strong>wa</strong>takimbilia mb<strong>al</strong>i kutokana na <strong>wa</strong>le ambao <strong>wa</strong>mekuja kukiuliza<br />
kutokana nao, na hufanya urafiki k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le tu ambao<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>saidia kupata zaidi.<br />
SURA YA 4: ELIMU YA KITABU CHA MAARIFA YOTE<br />
Elimu Yake Na Kumbukumbu Zake Za Ajabu<br />
Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na elimu kub<strong>wa</strong> kabisa, hii inajumuisha<br />
elimu yake katika sayansi ya Qur-aan Tukufu, uwezo <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong><br />
kuele<strong>wa</strong> manufaa yake yote katika nyanja zote, na nukta zake<br />
muhimu, elimu yake ya kuyaelezea matamko ya Wanachuoni,<br />
namna yake ya kuyatumia matamko haya kama ni ushahidi, na<br />
h<strong>al</strong>i kadh<strong>al</strong>ika uwezo <strong>al</strong>iopati<strong>wa</strong> na Allaah umemuwezesha<br />
kuelezea maajabu yake, uzuri <strong>wa</strong> Shari’ah Zake, hazina zake zilizo<br />
adimu na za kushangaza, miujiza yake ya kilugha, na rehema zake<br />
zilizo <strong>wa</strong>zi.<br />
21
I<strong>wa</strong>po mtu ataku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye kuzisoma baadhi ya aya za Quraan<br />
Tukufu ndani ya moja<strong>wa</strong>po ya darasa zake, ataendelea<br />
kuzielezea, na darasa yake itam<strong>al</strong>izia k<strong>wa</strong> hili. Darasa yake<br />
itam<strong>al</strong>izia k<strong>wa</strong> kipande kizuri cha siku, na <strong>wa</strong>la haku<strong>wa</strong> na mtu<br />
ma<strong>al</strong>umu <strong>al</strong>iyeteng<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya kumsomea aya<br />
zinazotegeme<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba atakuja kujitayarisha [kuzisomesha]<br />
nazo. Isipoku<strong>wa</strong>, mtu yeyote ambaye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> anahudhuria darasa<br />
zake atasoma kile kilicho chepesi k<strong>wa</strong>ke, na Ibn Taymiyyah<br />
baadaye atakuja kukielezea kile kilichosom<strong>wa</strong>. Ka<strong>wa</strong>ida yake<br />
hu<strong>wa</strong> hasimami isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>liohudhuria<br />
<strong>wa</strong>napoele<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba yareti isingeku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> uhafifu <strong>wa</strong> muda,<br />
angelipiga mbizi kuelezea katika kila pembe zaidi na zaidi. Hata<br />
hivyo, husimama k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya kuruhusu <strong>wa</strong>sikilizaji kupumzika.<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> mfano, ametoa tafsiyr ya {“Sema:’Yeye ni Allaah, Mmoja.’”} 26<br />
ambayo imechukua kitabu kizima kikub<strong>wa</strong>. Pia, tafsiyr yake ya<br />
{“Ar-Rahmaan Aliye juu ya ‘Arshi Yake.”} 27 iliyojaza takribani<br />
vitabu 35, na nimeelez<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>ianza kukusanya tafsiyr<br />
ambayo ingelichukua vitabu hamsini kama angeliikamilisha.<br />
Ama k<strong>wa</strong> elimu yake na uoni <strong>wa</strong>ke kuhusiana na Sunnah ya<br />
Mjumbe <strong>wa</strong> Allaah (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam),<br />
matamko yake, matendo, matukio ya maisha, vita, majeshi,<br />
miujiza ambayo Allaah Amemtunukia, elimu yake ya kipi kilicho<br />
sahihi kilichopokele<strong>wa</strong> kutoka k<strong>wa</strong>ke dhidi ya kile ambacho sio<br />
sahihi, h<strong>al</strong>i kadh<strong>al</strong>ika na matamko, matendo, matokeo, na<br />
hukumu za kisheria za Mas<strong>wa</strong>haabah (Radhiya Allaahu ‘anhum),<br />
bidii yao k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya Diyn hii, na sifa zao <strong>wa</strong>lizotunuki<strong>wa</strong><br />
kinyume na <strong>wa</strong>tu wengine ndani ya Ummah huu – ndani ya yote<br />
haya, <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye makini zaidi na <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na uzoefu <strong>wa</strong><br />
h<strong>al</strong>i ya juu, na <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye kutumia muda mchache katika<br />
kurudia taarifa yoyote anayohitajia katika hili. Katu hatoitaja<br />
Hadiyth au fat<strong>wa</strong> ambayo ataitumia kama ni ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> kitu<br />
isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba ataifanyia marejeo k<strong>wa</strong> chanzo chake sahihi<br />
ndani ya maandiko ya Kiislamu, au kuonesha i<strong>wa</strong>po ni S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh au<br />
hasan, n.k., au kutaja jina la S<strong>wa</strong>haabah <strong>al</strong>iyeisimulia, na ni k<strong>wa</strong><br />
26 Al-Ikhlaas: 1<br />
27 Taahaa: 5<br />
22
nadra sana atauliz<strong>wa</strong> kuhusiana na simulizi isipoku<strong>wa</strong> tu<br />
ataithibitishia usahihi <strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />
Imaam <strong>al</strong>-Bazzaar amesema:<br />
“Na y<strong>al</strong>iyo maajabu zaidi kuhusiana na hili ni k<strong>wa</strong>mba mnamo<br />
siku zake za m<strong>wa</strong>nzo za kushitaki<strong>wa</strong> mjini Misri, <strong>al</strong>ikamat<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
kufung<strong>wa</strong> jela, hadi kufikia k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> hawezi kuviingia<br />
vitabu vyake. Ndani ya kipindi hichi, <strong>al</strong>iandika vitabu vingi –<br />
vidogo na vikub<strong>wa</strong> – na akaeleza ndani ya vitabu hivyo ni ipi<br />
Ahaadiyth, simulizi, matamko ya Mas<strong>wa</strong>haabah, majina ya<br />
Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> Hadiyth, <strong>wa</strong>andishi na kazi zao – na akazielezea<br />
kila moja ya hizi k<strong>wa</strong> kurejea vyanzo vyake sahihi, has<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />
majina.<br />
Pia ametaja majina ya vitabu ndani ya kila simulizi gani<br />
imepatikana, h<strong>al</strong>i kadh<strong>al</strong>ika na <strong>wa</strong>pi ndani ya vitabu utavipata.<br />
Yote haya y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> safi kabisa moja k<strong>wa</strong> moja kutoka kwenye<br />
kumbukumbu zake, k<strong>wa</strong>ni katika <strong>wa</strong>kati huo haku<strong>wa</strong> na kitabu<br />
hata kimoja pamoja naye k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya kutumia kama ni rejeo.<br />
Vitabu hivi baadaye vilichapish<strong>wa</strong> na kuang<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> tena, na –<br />
Shukrani zote ni za Allaah – hakuna hata kosa moja lililoonekana<br />
ndani ya kitabu chochote katika hivyo, <strong>wa</strong>la hakuku<strong>wa</strong> na haja ya<br />
kubadili chochote ndani ya vitabu hivyo. Na miongoni m<strong>wa</strong><br />
vitabu hivi ni ‘as-Sarim <strong>al</strong>-Masluul ‘<strong>al</strong>a Shaatim ar-Rasuul,’ 28 na hili<br />
ni kutokana na sifa ambazo Allaah – Mtukufu – amemtunukia<br />
mahsusi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili yake. 29<br />
Na Allaah Amembariki k<strong>wa</strong> uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kuele<strong>wa</strong> tofauti ya<br />
ma<strong>wa</strong>zo miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni, matamko yao, ijtihaad zao<br />
ndani ya masu<strong>al</strong>a tofauti, na kipi kimeweke<strong>wa</strong> kumbukumbu<br />
(kimerikodi<strong>wa</strong>) kutokana na maoni y<strong>al</strong>iyo na nguvu, hafifu,<br />
y<strong>al</strong>iyokub<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> na y<strong>al</strong>iyokat<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kila M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>wa</strong> kila<br />
28 Inatafsirika kama ni ‘Upanga Usio na Uk<strong>al</strong>i katika Kumtusi Mtume’<br />
29 Kitabu ambacho kina zaidi ya Ahaadiyth 250, Athar 100, utajo <strong>wa</strong> zaidi ya<br />
<strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu maarufu 600 kutoka historia ya Ahlus-Sunnah <strong>wa</strong>l-Jama’ah, na<br />
mkusanyo <strong>wa</strong> taarifa kutoka kwenye rejeo zaidi ya arobaini – zote kutoka<br />
kwenye kumbukumbu zake, na kitabu chote kimeandik<strong>wa</strong> katika kujibu<br />
tukio moja tu la amb<strong>al</strong>o Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah (Allaah Amrehemu)<br />
<strong>al</strong>imsikia Mkiristo akimtukana Mtume (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong><br />
s<strong>al</strong>lam)!<br />
23
enzi. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> na uoni <strong>wa</strong> ndani kuhusiana na ma<strong>wa</strong>zo yao yepi<br />
y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni sahihi sana karibu na ukweli, na <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> pia na<br />
uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kueleza k<strong>wa</strong> kila M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni ni eneo gani <strong>al</strong>ikuja<br />
n<strong>al</strong>o k<strong>wa</strong> kila <strong>wa</strong>zo. H<strong>al</strong>i hii ilifikia hadi k<strong>wa</strong>mba i<strong>wa</strong>po atauliz<strong>wa</strong><br />
kuhusiana na lolote katika hili, iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni kana k<strong>wa</strong>mba kila<br />
tamko la Mjumbe <strong>wa</strong> Allaah (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong><br />
s<strong>al</strong>lam), Mas<strong>wa</strong>haabah <strong>wa</strong>ke, na Wanachuoni – kutoka <strong>wa</strong><br />
m<strong>wa</strong>nzo hadi <strong>wa</strong> mwisho <strong>wa</strong>o – kuliku<strong>wa</strong> na sura iliyoganda<br />
ndani ya ubongo <strong>wa</strong>ke, pamoja naye akichagua anachotaka na<br />
kuacha anachotaka. Hili ni jambo amb<strong>al</strong>o k<strong>wa</strong> kila <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong><br />
anamuona au akipita kwenye elimu yake na <strong>wa</strong>siochukuli<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
ujinga au utashi <strong>wa</strong>nakub<strong>al</strong>iana n<strong>al</strong>o.<br />
Ama k<strong>wa</strong> vitabu vyake na maandiko yake, ni zaidi ya ninazoweza<br />
kutaja au kufikiria mada zake. Ukweli ni k<strong>wa</strong>mba, nina <strong>wa</strong>si<strong>wa</strong>si<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba mtu yeyote anaweza kuzitaja zote, k<strong>wa</strong>ni zipo katika<br />
nambari, vyenye ukub<strong>wa</strong> tofauti, na vimetanda<strong>wa</strong>a duniani kote.<br />
Ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba, hakuna nchi niliyotembelea isipoku<strong>wa</strong> nimeona<br />
moja ya vitabu vyake nchini humo.<br />
Baadhi yake vilifikia vitabu kumi na mbili k<strong>wa</strong> ukub<strong>wa</strong>, kama vile<br />
‘T<strong>al</strong>khiys at-T<strong>al</strong>biys ‘<strong>al</strong>a Asas at-Taqdiys,’ n.k. Baadhi yake viliku<strong>wa</strong><br />
na ukub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> vitabu saba, kama vile ‘<strong>al</strong>-Jam’ Bayn <strong>al</strong>-‘Aql <strong>wa</strong>n-<br />
Naql.’ 30 Baadhiyake vina urefu <strong>wa</strong> vitabu vitano, kama vile<br />
‘Minhaj <strong>al</strong>-Istiqamah <strong>wa</strong>l-I’tid<strong>al</strong>.’ Baadhi yake ni vitabu vitatu, kama<br />
vile ‘ar-Radd ‘<strong>al</strong>a an-Nasaara.’ Baadhi yake ni vitabu viwili, kama<br />
vile ‘Nikah <strong>al</strong> -Muh<strong>al</strong>l<strong>al</strong>’ na ‘Ibta<strong>al</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Hayl’ and ‘Sharh <strong>al</strong>-‘Aqidah <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Asbahaniyyah.’ Baadhi yake ni kitabu kimoja tu au chini ya hapo,<br />
na hivi ni vingi mno kuweza kuviorodhesha. 31<br />
Al-’Aqidah Al-Wasitiyyah<br />
Tokeo jengine amb<strong>al</strong>o linaonesha uwezo <strong>wa</strong>ke mkub<strong>wa</strong> na mpana<br />
<strong>wa</strong> elimu <strong>al</strong>iyoku<strong>wa</strong> nayo, yeye mwenyewe, Ibn Taymiyyah<br />
amesema:<br />
30 Maarufu kinajulikana kama ni ‘Dar’ Ta’arudh <strong>al</strong>-‘Aql <strong>wa</strong>n-Naql’ na<br />
‘Mu<strong>wa</strong>faqat S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh <strong>al</strong>-Manquul li Sariyh <strong>al</strong>-Ma’quul,’ na kinajadili uhusiano<br />
baina ya hoja na Wahyi.<br />
31 The Lofty Virtues of Ibn Taymiyyah, ukurasa, 9.<br />
24
“Jaji mmoja <strong>wa</strong> Kishafi’i kutoka Wasit (nchini Iraq) k<strong>wa</strong> jina la<br />
Radhiyud-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Wasiti, <strong>al</strong>initembelea aki<strong>wa</strong> njiani kuelekea<br />
Hajj. Shaykh huyu <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mtu mzuri na mwenye imani.<br />
Alinielezea h<strong>al</strong>i za <strong>wa</strong>tu nchini huko (yaani Iraq), chini ya Tartar<br />
(Wamongoli) <strong>wa</strong>lioku<strong>wa</strong> na uta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong> kijinga, usio na haki, na<br />
upotefu <strong>wa</strong> imani na elimu.<br />
Aliniomba nim<strong>wa</strong>ndikie ‘Aqiydah (Elimu ya Imani) kama ni rejeo<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>ke yeye na familia yake. Lakini nikakataa na kusema: ‘Aqiydah<br />
nyingi zimeandik<strong>wa</strong>. Rejea k<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> Sunnah. Hata<br />
hivyo, <strong>al</strong>isisitiza katika ombi lake, akisema: Sitaki ‘Aqiydah yoyote<br />
isipoku<strong>wa</strong> ile utakayoandika. Hivyo nikaandika hii moja k<strong>wa</strong> ajili<br />
yake niki<strong>wa</strong> nimeketi mchana mmoja. 32<br />
Mchango Wake Kwenye Fiqh Na Usuul Yake<br />
Ibn Taymiyyah tokea enzi za utotoni m<strong>wa</strong>ke, <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi chipukizi na, kama <strong>wa</strong>naomsifia <strong>wa</strong>kisema,<br />
hakuchukua hamu yoyote kwenye michezo na mazoezi<br />
[isiyoku<strong>wa</strong> na maana]. Baadaye, pia, <strong>al</strong>ipoku<strong>wa</strong> mkub<strong>wa</strong>,<br />
hakurudi nyuma, sio dhihaka <strong>wa</strong>la tamasha iliyochukua akili<br />
zake. Hata hivyo, kazi zake zinashuhudia ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong><br />
na elimu kisa<strong>wa</strong>sa<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> aina tofauti za jamii yake ndani ya<br />
kipindi chake, tabia zao na mila, ustaarabu <strong>wa</strong>o na hulka na hata<br />
starehe zao na ubunifu. Inaonesha k<strong>wa</strong>mba sio tu k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
<strong>al</strong>itumia muda <strong>wa</strong>ke kama ni M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>al</strong>iyezik<strong>wa</strong> na vitabu,<br />
lakini pia <strong>al</strong>izisoma k<strong>wa</strong> mapana <strong>al</strong>ama za matatizo na jamii ya<br />
kisasa.<br />
Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>ikusanya [k<strong>wa</strong> shida] elimu ya kisekula na<br />
sayansi ya dini ndani ya kipindi chake. Aliweka mkazo mahsusi<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> lugha ya Kiarabu na akapata uweledi <strong>wa</strong> sarufi na maneno<br />
(lexicology). Sio tu <strong>al</strong>ikiele<strong>wa</strong> vyema kitabu cha Al-Kitaab cha<br />
Siba<strong>wa</strong>yh, mamluki mkuu <strong>wa</strong> sarufi na elimu ya lugha (syntax),<br />
lakini <strong>al</strong>iweza kubainisha makosa yake pia. 33 Uwezo <strong>wa</strong>ke kwenye<br />
32 Majmu’ Fata<strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taimiyah, Kitabu cha 8, ukurasa 164<br />
33 Al-Ka<strong>wa</strong>akib ad-Duriyyah, uk.2<br />
25
nyanja hii ulithibitisha k<strong>wa</strong> mapana ku<strong>wa</strong> na faida k<strong>wa</strong>ke baadaye<br />
katika kutengeneza kazi zake mwenyewe.<br />
Alama safi ya kielimu ilimzunguka Ibn Taymiyyah ambaye,<br />
ukiachilia mb<strong>al</strong>i uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kuhakiki elimu iliyokuwepo <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong><br />
enzi zake, <strong>al</strong>ii<strong>wa</strong>silisha upya iki<strong>wa</strong> na dhamana zote na ufasaha<br />
inayomfaa mfikiriaji mbunifu. Aki<strong>wa</strong> na elimu yake ya ndani<br />
kwenye Qur-aan na uoni <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> chini kwenye m<strong>al</strong>engo na azma<br />
za ndani katika Shari’ah na kanuni za maarifa ya Shari’ah, Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iweza ku<strong>wa</strong>silisha somo lolote an<strong>al</strong>otaka kulielezea,<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> kutumia vyanzo vya kisheria na uwezo <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> kufahamu<br />
mambo mengi.<br />
Hakuna hata kazi yake moja <strong>al</strong>iyoitengeneza ambayo mpangilio<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke haupo mpana k<strong>wa</strong>mba haiwezi kuridhi<strong>wa</strong> kama ni rejeo<br />
kuu (encyclopaedia) kwenye somo hilo. Majmu’ <strong>al</strong>-Fataa<strong>wa</strong><br />
inatuonesha sisi k<strong>wa</strong>mba elimu kub<strong>wa</strong> mno ya uele<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
katika Shari’ah k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla <strong>wa</strong>ke, na Fiqh k<strong>wa</strong> mahsusi. Kazi zake<br />
zinaunganisha ufahamu <strong>wa</strong> vitu vingi pamoja na ustadi <strong>wa</strong><br />
kufikiri kama pia ni chakula cha ku<strong>wa</strong>fikirisha k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>somaji.<br />
Fasili za kisheria na ubunifu <strong>wa</strong> ma<strong>wa</strong>zo ya kisheria ziliku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />
bidii nyengine ambazo nguvu zake Ibn Taymiyyah katika elimu<br />
ziliikamata vyema. Aki<strong>wa</strong> na uele<strong>wa</strong> makini mzuri katika hili pia,<br />
maandiko yake kwenye somo hili unahusisha mijad<strong>al</strong>a kwenye<br />
masu<strong>al</strong>a tata ya kisheria. Utengenezaji <strong>wa</strong> maarifa ya kisheria <strong>wa</strong><br />
Ibn Taymiyyah unahusisha Iqtidha’ as-Siraat <strong>al</strong>-Mustaqiym kiki<strong>wa</strong><br />
na mjumuiko <strong>wa</strong> vitabu vingi vya ma<strong>wa</strong>zo ya kisheria na idadi<br />
kadhaa ya mak<strong>al</strong>a ndogo ndogo kama vile Al-Qiyaas na Minhaj <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Wusuul ilaa ‘Ilm <strong>al</strong>-Usuul.<br />
Kazi zinazohusiana na ukusanyaji <strong>wa</strong> misingi ya kisheria ya<br />
madhehebu tofauti ya kisheria y<strong>al</strong>ikaribia kukamilika <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong><br />
Ibn Taymiyyah. Hata hivyo, <strong>al</strong>ipitia hoja tofauti aki<strong>wa</strong> na fikra<br />
kamili na ustadi <strong>wa</strong> h<strong>al</strong>i ya juu na ambayo y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na athari ya<br />
kutoa nguvu mpya kabisa kwenye mfumo <strong>wa</strong> kisheria. Katika<br />
kuelezea ma<strong>wa</strong>zo yake ya kisheria, bidii yenye kuendelea ya Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni kutoa muongozo <strong>wa</strong> mahitajio ya<br />
mabadiliko k<strong>wa</strong> kuegemea Sunnah. Ma<strong>wa</strong>zo ya kisheria na h<strong>al</strong>i<br />
kadh<strong>al</strong>ika kanuni zinazozita<strong>wa</strong>la zilizoeleze<strong>wa</strong> na Ibn Taymiyyah<br />
26
zimehifadhi<strong>wa</strong> kwenye vitabu chini ya mada ya Fataa<strong>wa</strong> Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah (Majmu’ <strong>al</strong>-Fataa<strong>wa</strong> li Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah). 34<br />
W<strong>al</strong>imu Wake<br />
SURA YA 5: ELIMU<br />
Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah amesoma chini ya idadi kub<strong>wa</strong><br />
ya Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>kuu na yeye mwenyewe ametaja idadi yao<br />
kama ilivyopokele<strong>wa</strong> na adh-Dhahabiy moja moja kutoka<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>ke. 35 Mtungo huu <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>limu unajumuisha Wanachuoni<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kiume arobaini na Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>kike <strong>wa</strong>nne.<br />
Jumla ya idadi ya Wanachuoni ambao amepata elimu inakithiri<br />
mia mbili.<br />
Ifuatayo ni dondoo za baadhi ya <strong>wa</strong>limu <strong>wa</strong>ke: 36<br />
• Abu <strong>al</strong>-'Abbaas Ahmad Ibn 'Abdud-Daa'im <strong>al</strong>-Maqdasiy<br />
• Abu Muhammad ‘Abdur-Rahmaan Ibn Muhammad Ibn<br />
Ahmad Ibn Qudaamah Al-Maqdasiy<br />
• Abu <strong>al</strong>-‘Abbaas Ahmad Ibn Ahmad Ibn Ni’mah Al-<br />
Maqdasiy<br />
34 Vitabu hivi ambavyo vinafikia 37, k<strong>wa</strong> hakika ni rejeo kuu (encyclopaedia)<br />
katika Maarifa ya Shari’ah za Kiislamu.<br />
35 Majmu’’ <strong>al</strong>-Fata<strong>wa</strong> [18/76-121]<br />
36 Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ahmad Ibn Taymiyyah Rajul <strong>al</strong>-Islaah <strong>wa</strong> ad-Da’<strong>wa</strong>h, uk. 113-<br />
124<br />
27
• Baba yake, Abu <strong>al</strong>-Mahaasin ‘Abdul-H<strong>al</strong>iym Ibn ‘Abdis-<br />
S<strong>al</strong>aam Ibn Taymiyyah<br />
• Shangazi yake k<strong>wa</strong> upande <strong>wa</strong> baba, Sitt ad-Daar bint<br />
'Abdis-S<strong>al</strong>aam Ibn Taymiyyah<br />
• Abu <strong>al</strong>-Barakaat <strong>al</strong>-Munajjiy Ibn ‘Uthmaan at-Tanuukhiy ad-<br />
Dimashqiy<br />
• Abu ‘Abdillaah Muhammad Ibn ‘Abdil-Qawiy Ibn Badraan<br />
<strong>al</strong>-Maqdasiy <strong>al</strong>-Mardawiy<br />
• Ahmad Ibn Ibraahiym Ibn ‘Abdil-Ghaniy as-Saruujiy <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Hanafiy<br />
• Abu <strong>al</strong>-Hasan ‘Aliy Ibn Ahmad Ibn as-Sa’adiy <strong>al</strong>-Maqdasiy<br />
as-S<strong>wa</strong><strong>al</strong>ihiy<br />
• Abu Zakariya Yahya Ibn ‘Abdir-Rahmaan Ibn Najm <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Hanb<strong>al</strong>iy <strong>al</strong>-Ansaariy<br />
• Abu Zakariya Yahya Ibn Abi Mansuur Ibn Raafi’ Ibn ‘Aliy<br />
<strong>al</strong>-Haraaniy Ibn as-Sayrafiy<br />
• Abu Bakr Ibn Muhammad Ibn Abi Bakr Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Wasi’ <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Harawiy ad-Dimashqiy<br />
• Abu <strong>al</strong>-‘Abbaas Ahmad Ibn Abi <strong>al</strong>-Khayr S<strong>al</strong>aamah Ibn<br />
Ibraahiym Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Haddaad ad-Dimashqiy<br />
• Abu Muhammad <strong>al</strong>-Qaasim Ibn ‘Aliy Ibn Abi Bakr Ibn<br />
Qaasim Ibn Ghaniymah <strong>al</strong>-Irbily<br />
• Abu <strong>al</strong>-Ghanaaim <strong>al</strong>-Muslim Ibn Muhammad Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Muslim<br />
Ibn ‘Alaan <strong>al</strong>-Qays ad-Dimashqiy<br />
• Abu <strong>al</strong>-‘Abbaas Ahmad Ibn Shaybaan Ibn Haydar ash-<br />
Shaybaaniy<br />
• Abu Hafs ‘Umar Ibn ‘Abdil-Mun’im Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qa<strong>wa</strong>as ad-<br />
Dimashqiy<br />
• Abu Nasr 'Abdul-'Aziyz Ibn 'Abdil-Mun'im Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Khudhr<br />
Ibn Shibl Ibn ‘Abdil-Haarithy<br />
• As-S<strong>wa</strong><strong>al</strong>ih <strong>al</strong>-Musnid Ibn Muhammad Ibn Badr Ibn<br />
Muhammad Ibn Ya’iysh <strong>al</strong>-Jazariy<br />
• Abu Yahya Ismaa’iyl Ibn Abi ‘Abdillaah Ibn Hammaad Ibn<br />
‘Abdil-Kariym <strong>al</strong>-‘Asq<strong>al</strong>aaniy<br />
• Abu Is-haaq Ibn Ibraahiym Ibn Ahmad Ibn Abi <strong>al</strong>-Faraj Ibn<br />
Abi Taahir Ibn Muhammad Ibn Nasr<br />
• Abu Is-haaq Ibraahiym Ibn Ahmad Ibn Ismaa’iyl Ibn Faaris<br />
at-Tamiymiy as-Sa’adiy<br />
• Ahmad Ibn Abi Bakr Ibn Sulaymaan <strong>al</strong>-Waa’idh Ibn <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Hamawiy Abu <strong>al</strong>-‘Abbaas ad-Dimashqiy<br />
28
• Abu ‘Abdillaah Muhammad Ibn Ismaa’iyl Ibn ‘Uthmaan Ibn<br />
<strong>al</strong>-Mudhafar Ibn ‘Asaakir ad-Dimashqiy ash-Shaafi’iy<br />
• Abu Muhammad ‘Abdur-Rahmaan Ibn Abi as-Sa’r Ibn as-<br />
Sayyid Ibn As-Saani’ <strong>al</strong>-Ansaariy<br />
• Abu <strong>al</strong>-‘Izz Yuusuf Ibn Ya’aquub Ibn Muhammad Ibn ‘Aliy<br />
<strong>al</strong>-Mujaawir ash-Shaybaaniy<br />
• Abu Is-haaq Ibraahiym Ibn Ismaa’iyl Ibn Ibraahiym Ibn<br />
Yahya Ibn ‘Alawiy Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Husayn <strong>al</strong>-Qurashiy <strong>al</strong>-Hanafiy<br />
• Abu Muhammad Ismaa'iyl Ibn Ibraahiym at-Tanuukhiy<br />
• Abu <strong>al</strong>-'Abbaas <strong>al</strong>-Mu'ammil Ibn Muhammad <strong>al</strong>-Ba<strong>al</strong>isiy<br />
• Abu 'Abdillaah Muhammad Ibn Abi Bakr Ibn Sulaymaan <strong>al</strong>-<br />
'Aamiriy<br />
• Abu <strong>al</strong>-Faraj 'Abdur-Rahmaan Ibn Sulaymaan <strong>al</strong>-Baghdaadiy<br />
• Sharafud-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Maqdasiy, Ahmad Ibn Ahmad ash-<br />
Shaafi'iy<br />
• Muhammad Ibn 'Abdul-Qawiy <strong>al</strong>-Maqdasiy<br />
• Taqiyud-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Waasitiy, Ibraahiym Ibn 'Aliy as-S<strong>wa</strong><strong>al</strong>ihiy<br />
<strong>al</strong>-Hanb<strong>al</strong>iy<br />
Wanafunzi Wake<br />
Shaykhul-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>nafunzi wengi na<br />
ambao <strong>wa</strong>liathirika naye ni wengi, miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nafunzi<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> ni 37:<br />
• Ibn Qayyim <strong>al</strong>-Jawziyyah, Muhammad Ibn Abi Bakr Ibn<br />
Ayyuub az-Zar’iy<br />
• Adh-Dhahabi, Muhammad Ibn Ahmad Ibn ‘Uthmaan at-<br />
Turkimaniy<br />
• Ibn Qudaamah <strong>al</strong>-Maqdasiy, Muhammad Ibn Ahmad Ibn <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Haadiy<br />
• Al-Mizzi, Yuusuf Ibn ‘Abdir-Rahmaan<br />
• Ibn Kathiyr, Abu <strong>al</strong>-Fidaa ‘Imaadud-Diyn Isma’iyl Ibn ‘Umar<br />
• Al-Bazzaar, ‘Umar Ibn ‘Aliy<br />
• Ibn Muflih, Shamsud-Diyn Abu ‘Abdillaah Muhammad <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Maqdasiy ar-Raaminiy ad-Dimashqiy<br />
37 Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ahmad Ibn Taymiyyah Rajul <strong>al</strong>-Islaah <strong>wa</strong> ad-Da’<strong>wa</strong>h, uk. 139-<br />
143<br />
29
• Al-Qaasim Ibn Muhammad Ibn Muhammad Ibn Yuusuf <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Barz<strong>al</strong>iy <strong>al</strong>-Ishbiyliy<br />
• Abu <strong>al</strong>-Fat-h Muhammad Ibn Abi ‘Umar Muhammad Ibn<br />
Abi Bakr Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Ya’amariy <strong>al</strong>-And<strong>al</strong>usiy <strong>al</strong>-Ishbiyliy <strong>al</strong>-Masry<br />
ash-Shafi’iy<br />
• Ibn Qudaamah <strong>al</strong>-Hanb<strong>al</strong>iy, Ahmad Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Hasan Ibn<br />
‘Abdillaah Ibn Muhammad Ibn Ahmad<br />
• Ibn Abdid-Daaim, Abu ‘Abdillaah Muhammad Ibn<br />
Muhammad Ibn Abi Bakr Ibn Ahmad<br />
• Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Waaniy, Muhammad Ibn ash-Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Musnid Abi<br />
Is-haaq Ibraahiym Ibn Muhammad Ibn Ahmad<br />
• Ibn Imaam as-Sakhrah <strong>al</strong>-Baysaaniy ad-Dimashqiy <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Maqdasiy, Muhammad Ibn Ibraahiym Ibn Muhammad Ibn<br />
Abi Bakr Ibn Ibraahiym <strong>al</strong>-Khazrajiy<br />
• Ibn an-Najiyh, Abu ‘Abdillaah Muhammad Ibn ash-Shaykh<br />
Sa’d ad-Diyn Abi Muhammad Sa’d-Allaah Ibn ‘Abdil-Ahad<br />
Ibn ‘Abdil-Waahid <strong>al</strong>-Haraaniy<br />
• Ibn as-Sayrafiy, Abul-Ma’<strong>al</strong>iy Muhammad Ibn Taghriyl Ibn<br />
Abdillaah <strong>al</strong>-Kha<strong>wa</strong>arizmiy<br />
• As-Saamit, Shamsud-Diyn Abu Bakr Ibn Muhammad Ibn<br />
‘Abdillaah Ibn Ahmad Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Muhib ‘Abdullaah as-Sa’diy <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Maqdasiy<br />
• Ibn Qaadhi <strong>al</strong>-Jab<strong>al</strong>, Ahmad Ibn Husayn<br />
• Ibn FadhliLlaah <strong>al</strong>-‘Amri, Ahmad Ibn Yahya<br />
• Muhammad Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Manj, Ibn ‘Uthmaan at-Tanuukhi<br />
• Yuusuf Ibn ‘Abdi-l-Mahmuud Ibn ‘Abdis-S<strong>al</strong>aam <strong>al</strong>-Batti<br />
• Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Wardi, Zaynud-Diyn ‘Umar<br />
• ‘Umar <strong>al</strong>-Harraaniy, Zaynud-Diyn Abu Hafs<br />
Ibn Hajr <strong>al</strong>-Asq<strong>al</strong>aaniy amesema:<br />
Kama ingeliku<strong>wa</strong> hakuna sifa za Shaykh Taqiyud-Diyn isipoku<strong>wa</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>ke Shaykh Shamsud-Diyn Ibn Qayyim <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Jawziyyah, m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi <strong>wa</strong> kazi nyingi, ambazo kote kote kutoka<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>pinzani na <strong>wa</strong>fuasi <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong>menufaika nazo, hii itaku<strong>wa</strong><br />
ni ang<strong>al</strong>izo tosha la nafasi yake kub<strong>wa</strong> (Ibn Taymiyyah). Hii ndio<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> sababu tunaona kuj<strong>al</strong>i k<strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> h<strong>al</strong>i ya juu k<strong>wa</strong> Ibn<br />
30
Taymiyyah mbele ya m<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>ke Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim ndani ya<br />
<strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim 38:<br />
Mara moja <strong>al</strong>igundua hamu na shauku kub<strong>wa</strong> ya elimu k<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>ke na hamu yake ya kujitolea kuipata na kuieneza<br />
[elimu], akaanza kumlea kwenye nasaha na miongozo ambayo<br />
itamsaidia kuzinyanyua akili zake na kuziengeza usimamizi <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
madhubuti kama ni M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni.<br />
Hazina hizi zinataj<strong>wa</strong> na Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim katika sehemu tofauti<br />
katika pande mb<strong>al</strong>i mb<strong>al</strong>i za vitabu vyake. Zifuatazo ni baadhi ya<br />
mifano:<br />
1. Ndani ya Miftaah dar as-sa’adah amesema, “Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam<br />
(Rahimahu Allaah), ameniambia baada ya kuanza kumtajia utata<br />
mmoja kufuatia mwengine, ‘Usiache moyo <strong>wa</strong>ke ku<strong>wa</strong> kama<br />
sponji k<strong>wa</strong> kila utata ambao utakupita, hadi k<strong>wa</strong>mba unainy<strong>wa</strong><br />
yote na un<strong>al</strong>oweka nayo. Isipoku<strong>wa</strong>, ku<strong>wa</strong> kama gilasi gumu;<br />
mashaka yanaipita lakini hayakai ndani yake. Hivyo itayaona k<strong>wa</strong><br />
unadhifu <strong>wa</strong>ke na kuyafukuza k<strong>wa</strong> ugumu <strong>wa</strong>ke. K<strong>wa</strong> namna<br />
nyengine, i<strong>wa</strong>po utauacha moyo <strong>wa</strong>ko kuny<strong>wa</strong> kila utata ambao<br />
utakupita wewe, itaku<strong>wa</strong> ni sehemu ya mapumziko k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mashaka,’ Au <strong>al</strong>isema kitu chenye athari sa<strong>wa</strong> na hiyo. Sikuona<br />
ushauri wowote ambao umeniletea manufaa makub<strong>wa</strong> katika<br />
kufukuza mashaka kuliko huu.”<br />
2. Ndani ya Madaarij as-S<strong>al</strong>ikiyn, amesema, “Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah (Rahimahu Allaah), ameniambia mara moja, ‘P<strong>al</strong>e<br />
mmoja anaposimama kwenye mitihani na ukosefu <strong>wa</strong> fedha<br />
uka<strong>wa</strong> hauepukiki, hatoku<strong>wa</strong> na hamaki inapotokezea h<strong>al</strong>i hiyo,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>la hatoku<strong>wa</strong> na majonzi au ku<strong>wa</strong> na huzuni kutokana nayo.’ 39<br />
Hivyo p<strong>al</strong>e mtu anapoku<strong>wa</strong> mgonj<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> mitihani hiyo na<br />
haiachii kumvuruga, inataraji<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba atanyanyuka kwenye<br />
ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo cha kufikia (utum<strong>wa</strong> h<strong>al</strong>isi mbele ya Allaah). Roho yake<br />
38 ‘Wasifu <strong>wa</strong> Imaam Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim’ kilichoandik<strong>wa</strong> na S<strong>al</strong>ahud-Diyn ‘Aliy<br />
Abdul-Mawjuud, kikafasiri<strong>wa</strong> na Abdul-Rafi Ade<strong>wa</strong>le Imaam na<br />
kuchapish<strong>wa</strong> kwenye mtandao na ‘Abdul-Haq ‘Abdul-Kha<strong>al</strong>iq.<br />
39 Kilichobaki kinaonekana ku<strong>wa</strong> ni maneno ya Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim mwenyewe<br />
akieleza matamko ya Shaykh.<br />
31
itaku<strong>wa</strong> na adabu na itaku<strong>wa</strong> na tegemezi k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah, na itaku<strong>wa</strong><br />
mb<strong>al</strong>i na tabia mbovu, hadi mapenzi ya Allaah na moyo <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
ut<strong>al</strong>o<strong>wa</strong>na na roho yake na miguu yake vyote vitaku<strong>wa</strong> adilifu<br />
mbele ya amri (za Allaah). Katika h<strong>al</strong>i hii, moyo <strong>wa</strong>ke utaona hisia<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba Allaah yu pamoja naye na Anamsaidia. Kila pigo lake na<br />
kila hatua yake itaku<strong>wa</strong> ni yenye kumfikiria Allaah, sio k<strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
mwenyewe. Moyo <strong>wa</strong>ke utapokea miono ya kiroho iliyo mingi,<br />
hadi kufikia k<strong>wa</strong>mba atafurahikia Utukufu <strong>wa</strong> Allaah, Umiliki<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> kila kitu, na Upweke <strong>wa</strong>ke. Ni katika ufahamu <strong>wa</strong> sifa<br />
hizi tatu k<strong>wa</strong>mba elimu yote na misingi yote inategemez<strong>wa</strong>.”<br />
3. Na Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> aki<strong>wa</strong>nasihi <strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
kutojihusisha kupita mpaka kwenye mambo yanayoruhusi<strong>wa</strong>. Ibn<br />
<strong>al</strong>-Qayyim amesema kuhusiana naye, “Siku moja, Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah (Rahimahu Allaah), <strong>al</strong>iniambia kuhusiana<br />
na mambo yanayoruhusi<strong>wa</strong>, ‘hii ni kinyume cha (mafanikio ya)<br />
nafasi ya juu, hata i<strong>wa</strong>po kuachana n<strong>al</strong>o sio sharti la kufikia<br />
uokovu,’ au kitu kinachofanana na hicho.” Hivyo mwenye<br />
kumtambua (Allaah) ataachana na kila <strong>al</strong>iwez<strong>al</strong>o kwenye mambo<br />
yanayoruhusi<strong>wa</strong>, k<strong>wa</strong> lengo la kujilinda yeye mwenyewe, has<strong>wa</strong><br />
i<strong>wa</strong>po hilo lin<strong>al</strong>oruhusi<strong>wa</strong> ni kik<strong>wa</strong>zo baina ya kinachoruhusi<strong>wa</strong><br />
na kisichoruhusi<strong>wa</strong> kisheria.<br />
Maandiko Yake<br />
Kazi zake zilizopo sasa za Ibn Taymiyyah ni nyingi k<strong>wa</strong> idadi,<br />
inga<strong>wa</strong>je ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba sehemu ya kazi zake zimeyayuka.<br />
Aliku<strong>wa</strong> ni m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi <strong>al</strong>iye na kasi. Ndugu yake ‘Abdullaah<br />
amesema: “Allaah amemtunukia uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kuandika haraka na<br />
<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> akiandika kutoka kwenye akili yake bila ya kunukuu<br />
[kukopia].” 40 Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na karani ambaye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong><br />
akinukuu [akitoa kopi] kazi zake k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> akiandika k<strong>wa</strong> kasi ya ajabu. Kuliku<strong>wa</strong> na mtu<br />
akijulikana k<strong>wa</strong> jina la ‘Abdullaah Ibn Rashiyq <strong>al</strong>-Maghrabiy<br />
ambaye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> akiandika kazi za Shaykh, Ibn Kathiyr amesema<br />
kuhusiana naye: “Aliku<strong>wa</strong> akiweza kuzitengeneza hati za Shaykh<br />
40 Al-'Uquud ad-Durriyyah, uk. 64.<br />
32
kuliko za Shaykh mwenyewe.” 41 Aliku<strong>wa</strong> akichukua muda<br />
mwingi kupitia kazi zake kama <strong>al</strong>ivyofanya baada ya yeye kutoka<br />
jela katika masu<strong>al</strong>a ya t<strong>al</strong>aka – ndani ya m<strong>wa</strong>ka 721H. 42 Baada ya<br />
kurejea k<strong>wa</strong>ke Shaam ndani ya m<strong>wa</strong>ka 712H, <strong>al</strong>ijitolea muda <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
mwingi kuandika kazi refu. 43 Aliku<strong>wa</strong> akiweka mkazo kwenye<br />
maandiko ambayo yameteng<strong>wa</strong> kumsifu yeye; 44 inaonesha<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba uharibifu wenye kuendelea kuhusiana na yeye kutoka<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> maadui zake na ubadilishaji <strong>wa</strong> maneno yake iliku<strong>wa</strong> ndio<br />
sababu ya hili.<br />
Hakuchelewesha kujibu masu<strong>al</strong>a ambayo y<strong>al</strong>ifika k<strong>wa</strong>ke na<br />
<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> mbunifu [<strong>wa</strong> kuandika vitabu] na <strong>al</strong>iandika kutoka<br />
kwenye akili yake aki<strong>wa</strong> kifungoni. 45<br />
Baadhi ya kazi zake ziliku<strong>wa</strong> ni 46:<br />
• Ibta<strong>al</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Hiy<strong>al</strong><br />
• Ikhtiyaraat Shayk <strong>al</strong>-Islaam<br />
• Al-Istighaathah<br />
• Al-Istiqaamah<br />
• Iqaamat ad-D<strong>al</strong>iyl ‘<strong>al</strong>aa Ibta<strong>al</strong> at-Tahliyl<br />
• Iqtidhaa' as-Siraat <strong>al</strong>-Mustaqiym Li Mukha<strong>al</strong>afah As-haab <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Jahiym<br />
• Aqsaam <strong>al</strong>-Qur-aan<br />
• Al-Ikliyl fiy at-Tashaabuh <strong>wa</strong>t-Taawiyl<br />
• Amtha<strong>al</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Qur-aan<br />
• Al-Amr bil Ma’ruuf <strong>wa</strong> an-Nahy ‘anil-Munkar<br />
• Al-Iymaan<br />
• Baghiyat <strong>al</strong>-Murtaad<br />
• Bayaan T<strong>al</strong>biys <strong>al</strong>-Jahmiyah fiy Taasiys Bida’ihim <strong>al</strong>-K<strong>al</strong>aamiyah<br />
• Tahriym as-Simaa’<br />
• At-Tuhfah <strong>al</strong>-‘Iraaqiyah fiy <strong>al</strong>-A’ma<strong>al</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Q<strong>al</strong>biyah<br />
• At-Tadmuriyyah<br />
41 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/229.<br />
42 Al-'Uquud ad-Durriyyah, uk. 327.<br />
43 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/67.<br />
44 Al-A'laam <strong>al</strong>-'Aliyyah, uk. 36-41, 42, 4 8 & 63 na <strong>al</strong>-Ka<strong>wa</strong>akib ad-Durriyyah,<br />
uk. 83-88<br />
45 Al-Waabil as-Sayyib of Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim, uk. 60, Daar <strong>al</strong>-Bayaan<br />
46 Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ahmad Ibn Taymiyyah Rajul <strong>al</strong>-Islaah <strong>wa</strong> ad-Da’<strong>wa</strong>h, uk. 377-<br />
380<br />
33
• Ta’arudh <strong>al</strong>-Hasanaat <strong>wa</strong>s Sayi-aat<br />
• Ta’liyquh ‘<strong>al</strong>aa Futuuh <strong>al</strong>-Ghayb li-‘Abdil-Qaadir <strong>al</strong>-Kiylaaniy<br />
• Tafsiyr Suurah <strong>al</strong>-Ikhlaas<br />
• Tafsiyr Suuratay <strong>al</strong>-Maw’idhatayn<br />
• Tafsiyr Suurah an-Nuur<br />
• Tanbiyh ar-Rajul <strong>al</strong>-‘Aaqil ‘<strong>al</strong>aa Tamwiyh <strong>al</strong>-Jad<strong>al</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Baatil<br />
• Ja<strong>wa</strong>ab Ahl <strong>al</strong>-‘Ilm <strong>wa</strong>l Iymaan bit-Tahqiyq maa Akhbar bihi<br />
Rasuul ar-Rahmaan Min Anna (Qul Hu<strong>wa</strong> Allaahu Ahad Ta’dil<br />
Thuluth <strong>al</strong>-Qur-aan)<br />
• Al-Ja<strong>wa</strong>ab <strong>al</strong>-Baahir fiy Zu<strong>wa</strong>r <strong>al</strong>-Maqaaabir<br />
• Al-Ja<strong>wa</strong>ab as-S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh li man badd<strong>al</strong>a Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Masiyh<br />
• Hijaab <strong>al</strong>-Mar-at <strong>wa</strong> Libaasuha fiy as-S<strong>al</strong>aah<br />
• Al-Hisbah fiy <strong>al</strong>-Islaam<br />
• Al-Hasanah <strong>wa</strong>s Sayi-ah<br />
• Haqiyqah as-Siyaam<br />
• Al-Hamawiyyah <strong>al</strong>-Kubraa<br />
• Ad-Durah <strong>al</strong>-Mudhiy-ah fiy Fataa<strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah (<strong>al</strong>-Fataa<strong>wa</strong>a<br />
<strong>al</strong>-Masriyah)<br />
• Daqaaiq at-Tafsiyr 1-6 volumes compiled by Muhamma as-Sayyid<br />
<strong>al</strong>-J<strong>al</strong>iynd<br />
• Ar-Radd ‘<strong>al</strong>aa <strong>al</strong>-Akhnaaiy fiy Mas-<strong>al</strong>ah az-Ziyaarah<br />
• Ar-Radd ‘<strong>al</strong>aa Taasiys at-Taqdiys lir-Raaziy<br />
• Risa<strong>al</strong>ah ilaa M<strong>al</strong>ik Qubrus – ar-Risa<strong>al</strong>ah <strong>al</strong>-Qubrusiyyah<br />
• Risa<strong>al</strong>ah fiy Amraadh <strong>al</strong>-Quluub <strong>wa</strong> Shifaa' uhaa<br />
• Sua<strong>al</strong> fiy Mu’aawiyah Ibn Abi Sufyaan<br />
• As-Siyaasah ash-Shar'iyyah li Islaah ar-Ra’iy <strong>wa</strong>r Ra’iyah<br />
• Sharh Hadiyth Abi Dharr Radhiya Allaahu ‘anhu (Yaa ‘Ibaadiy<br />
Ini Haramtu adh-Dhulm ‘<strong>al</strong>aa Nafsiy)<br />
• Sharh Hadiyth ( Innama <strong>al</strong>-A’ma<strong>al</strong> bin Niyyaat)<br />
• Sharh Hadiyth an-Nuzuul<br />
• Sharh ‘Aqiydah <strong>al</strong>-Asfahaniyyah<br />
• Sharh <strong>al</strong>-Muharrir – Ta’<strong>al</strong>iyquhu ‘<strong>al</strong>aa Kitaab <strong>al</strong>-Muharrir fiy <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Fiqh<br />
• As-Saarim <strong>al</strong>-Masluul '<strong>al</strong>aa Shaatim ar-Rasuul<br />
• As-Safadiyyah<br />
• Al-Furqaan bayna Awliyaa' ar-Rahmaan <strong>wa</strong> Awliyaa' ash-<br />
Shaytaan<br />
• Al-Furqaan bayna <strong>al</strong>-Haqq <strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Baatil<br />
• Fiy Mihnatih bi Misr (Vitabu viwili)<br />
• Qaa'idah J<strong>al</strong>iylah fiy at-Ta<strong>wa</strong>ssul <strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Wasiylah<br />
• Qaa’idah Shariyfah fiy <strong>al</strong>-Mu’jizaat <strong>wa</strong>l Karamaat<br />
34
• Qaa’dah fiy <strong>al</strong>-Ijma’<br />
• Qaa’idah fiy <strong>al</strong>-Isti’aadhahQaa’idah fiy ar-Radd ‘<strong>al</strong>aa Man Qa<strong>al</strong>a<br />
bi Fanaai <strong>al</strong>-Jannah <strong>wa</strong>n Naar<br />
• Qaa’idah fiy <strong>al</strong>-Mahabah<br />
• Qaa'idah fiy Tawhiyd <strong>al</strong>-Uluuhiyyah<br />
• Al-Qaa’dah <strong>al</strong>-Maraakishiyyah<br />
• Al-MaariDiyniyyah – <strong>al</strong>-Masaail <strong>al</strong>-Maaridiniyyah<br />
• Ma’arij <strong>al</strong>-Usuul ‘<strong>al</strong>aa Anna Usuul ad-Diyn <strong>wa</strong> Fur’uahu qad<br />
Bayyanaha ar-Rasuul<br />
• Muqaddimah fiy Usuul at-Tafsiyr<br />
• Mansak Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam<br />
• Mandhuumah fiy <strong>al</strong>-Qadar<br />
• Minhaaj us-Sunnah an-Nabawiyyah fiy Naqdh K<strong>al</strong>aam ash-<br />
Shiy’ah <strong>wa</strong>l Qadariyyah<br />
• Muaakhadhah li Ibn Hazm fiy Ijma’<br />
• An-Nubu<strong>wa</strong>at<br />
• Ar-Radd '<strong>al</strong>aa <strong>al</strong>-Mantiqiyyiyn<br />
• Al-Waasitah bayna <strong>al</strong>-Haqq <strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Kh<strong>al</strong>q<br />
• Ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Aq<strong>wa</strong>n '<strong>al</strong>aa maa fiy Fusuus <strong>al</strong>-Hikam<br />
• Al-'Aqiydah <strong>al</strong>-Waasitiyyah<br />
• Al-Wasiyyah as-Sughraa<br />
• Al-Wasiyyah <strong>al</strong>-Kubraa<br />
• Daar Ta'aarudh <strong>al</strong>-'Aql <strong>wa</strong> an-Naql<br />
• Al-Madha<strong>al</strong>im <strong>al</strong>-Mushtarakah.<br />
• Naqd Maraatib <strong>al</strong>-ljmaa'<br />
Baadhi ya kazi zake zilizopo hapo juu zimeingiz<strong>wa</strong> ndani ya<br />
Majumu’ <strong>al</strong>-Fataa<strong>wa</strong>, ambacho ni mjumuisho <strong>wa</strong> maandiko na<br />
maamuzi yake y<strong>al</strong>iyowek<strong>wa</strong> pamoja na Ibn Qaasim na m<strong>wa</strong>nawe.<br />
SURA YA 6: ‘AQIYDAH, MANHAJ NA UPINZANI<br />
‘Aqiydah Na Manhaj Yake<br />
Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>ikana utumiaji <strong>wa</strong> k<strong>al</strong>am k<strong>wa</strong> ufahamu <strong>wa</strong><br />
Asmaa Wa Sifaat (Majina Matukufu na Sifa za Mola) k<strong>wa</strong>ni hiyo<br />
haiku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenendo bora ulioanzish<strong>wa</strong> na S<strong>al</strong>af. Alitoa hoja<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mas<strong>wa</strong>haabah na vizazi vya m<strong>wa</strong>nzo havikukimbilia<br />
35
hifadhi ya maelezo ya kifilosofia katika ufahamu <strong>wa</strong> Majina<br />
Matukufu na Sifa zake. Aliendelea kutoa hoja k<strong>wa</strong>mba i<strong>wa</strong>po S<strong>al</strong>af<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ngeliona manufaa yoyote katika kupata hifadhi katika k<strong>al</strong>am<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ngelifanya hivyo na <strong>wa</strong>ngelihimiza. Hivyo, Ibn Taymiyyah<br />
<strong>al</strong>ituhumi<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>pinzani <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong>mba ni mtu <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
elimu ya dini isiyostaarabika kutokana na msimamo <strong>wa</strong>ke katika<br />
Majina na Sifa za Mola.<br />
Ukweli ni k<strong>wa</strong>mba, ndani ya kitabu chake Kitabul Waasitiyyah, Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah amekana msimamo <strong>wa</strong> Mushabbihah (<strong>wa</strong>le<br />
<strong>wa</strong>naofananisha uumbaji <strong>wa</strong> Mungu: wenye elimu ya dini<br />
isiyostaarabika) na <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naokaidi, kukana, na kukimbilia<br />
hifadhi ya tafsiri za kilahaja na kimaana kwenye Majina na Sifa<br />
tukufu. Ametoa hoja k<strong>wa</strong>mba mtindo <strong>wa</strong> S<strong>al</strong>af ni kuchukua njia ya<br />
kati na kati baina ya mipaka iliyochupa mpaka katika elimu ya<br />
dini isiyostaarabika na ile ya kukana. Akaendelea kueleza k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
S<strong>al</strong>af <strong>wa</strong>mekub<strong>al</strong>i k<strong>wa</strong>mba Majina yote na Sifa za Mungu bila ya<br />
tashbiyh (kuanzisha mfananisho), takyiyif (kuchunguza ni k<strong>wa</strong><br />
namna “gani” zimegandana na utukufu), ta’tiyl (kukana/kukaidi<br />
maana za juu), na bila ya ta’wiyl (kuipa maana ndogo/ishara<br />
ambayo ni tofauti na maana ya juu).<br />
Mara nyingi husimuli<strong>wa</strong> tokeo maarufu la Ma<strong>al</strong>ik Ibn Anas<br />
ambaye <strong>al</strong>imjibu mtu moja k<strong>wa</strong> moja na k<strong>wa</strong> maneno machache<br />
kabisa ambaye <strong>al</strong>iuliza: Ni namna gani Mungu <strong>al</strong>iibuka (isti<strong>wa</strong>) juu<br />
ya ‘Arshi? Alijibu k<strong>wa</strong>mba uibukaji (isti<strong>wa</strong>) unajulikana, “vipi”<br />
hautambulikani, ku<strong>wa</strong> na imani juu ya hilo ni lazima, na kufanya<br />
uchunguzi na kuulizia kuhusiana na masu<strong>al</strong>a hayo ni uzushi<br />
wenye kulaumi<strong>wa</strong> (bid’ah). Hivyo Imaam M<strong>al</strong>ik anakub<strong>al</strong>i maana<br />
bora lakini bila ya kulinganisha, wenye kuanzisha unamna gani,<br />
na bila ya kutafuta hifadhi ya maana za kitashbihi.<br />
Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ahmad Ibn ‘Abd <strong>al</strong>-H<strong>al</strong>iym Ibn Taymiyyah<br />
anatambulikana kama ni mmoja <strong>wa</strong> Mujaddid muhimu (mwenye<br />
kuufanya upya na kuuhuisha) Uislamu. I<strong>wa</strong>po jitihada za<br />
Mujaddid zinaz<strong>al</strong>isha matunda ndani ya enzi zake na kizazi chake,<br />
jitihada za Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah zimeanza kutoa<br />
matunda ndani ya enzi zake na zinaendelea kufanya hivyo hadi<br />
hii leo, Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>lioathirika na <strong>wa</strong>tafutaji <strong>wa</strong> elimu na<br />
makundi ya Kiislamu yenye kutokana na Ahlus-Sunnah <strong>wa</strong>l-<br />
36
Jamaa’ah. Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>ng<strong>al</strong>i <strong>wa</strong>narejea vitabu vyake katika<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>kana maadui <strong>wa</strong> Uislamu miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> Mayahudi na<br />
Wakiristo na Madhehebu yanayodai ku<strong>wa</strong> yanatokana na Uislamu<br />
kama vile Maraafidhi (Shia), Huluulis na Jahamis, na madhehebu ya<br />
uzushi kama vile Ash’aris na Murji’is.<br />
Mafanikio yake ndani ya Nyanja za Fiqh, Hadiyth, tafsiyr na suluuk<br />
(njia za kujikurubisha karibu k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah) zinajulikana vyema<br />
kwetu hadi ku[to]hitajia kutoa mifano yoyote hapa. Vitabu vyake<br />
na maandiko yake yanashuhudia ushahidi katika hilo na <strong>wa</strong>la<br />
hahitajii yeyote miongoni mwetu kumsifia, isipoku<strong>wa</strong> elimu na<br />
Fiqh yake ni yenye kubaki na inashuhudia k<strong>wa</strong>mba hakuna<br />
anayeiikana isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> yule <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong> mjinga na mkaidi.<br />
Viapo vya Maimamu <strong>wa</strong> enzi zake na enzi zilizofuata zinaonesha<br />
dhahiri k<strong>wa</strong> mtu mwenye akili iliyo <strong>wa</strong>zi uongo <strong>wa</strong> madai<br />
uliobuni<strong>wa</strong> na maadui <strong>wa</strong> Uislamu na maadui <strong>wa</strong> Sunnah dhidi ya<br />
Imaam [huyu] muhimu, na kuweka <strong>wa</strong>zi elimu yake, ufahamu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke na umakini <strong>wa</strong> hoja. Hivyo, tunaele<strong>wa</strong> sababu k<strong>wa</strong>nini <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
<strong>wa</strong> kufr na uzushi <strong>wa</strong>nampiga vita dhidi yake, ni k<strong>wa</strong> sababu<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iivuruga misingi yao na “na kisha baadaye paa<br />
lika<strong>wa</strong>angukia chini yao, kutoka juu yao” (Rudia an-Nahl 16:26)<br />
Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam anaelezea ‘Aqiydah yake kis<strong>al</strong>afi 47 ndani ya<br />
fataa<strong>wa</strong>:<br />
“Vizazi vya m<strong>wa</strong>nzo vya Ummah huu na Maimamu <strong>wa</strong>o wote k<strong>wa</strong><br />
pamoja <strong>wa</strong>nakub<strong>al</strong>iana k<strong>wa</strong>mba hakuna chochote chenye<br />
kufanana na Allaah, sio katika asili Yake <strong>wa</strong>la sifa Zake au<br />
matendo Yake. Mmoja katika Maimamu <strong>al</strong>isema: Yeyote<br />
anayemlinganisha Allaah na uumbaji Wake ni kaafir, na yeyote<br />
anayekana k<strong>wa</strong>mba kile Allaah Alichojisifia Mwenyewe ni kaafir;<br />
47 Vizazi vitatu ambavyo vimesifi<strong>wa</strong> na Mtume Muhammad (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu<br />
‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam) “Viumbe bora ni katika vizazi vyangu (au karne<br />
zangu), kisha <strong>wa</strong>nao<strong>wa</strong>fuata <strong>wa</strong>o, kisha <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naokuja baada yao. Kisha<br />
<strong>wa</strong>takuja <strong>wa</strong>tu ambao ha<strong>wa</strong>toj<strong>al</strong>i i<strong>wa</strong>po matamshi yao yanakuja baada ya<br />
kiapo au kinyume chake (yaani, ha<strong>wa</strong>tochukulia umuhimu <strong>wa</strong> masu<strong>al</strong>a<br />
kiuzito <strong>wa</strong>ke).” (Imepoke<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>al</strong>-Bukhaariy, Muslim na at-Tirmidhiy).<br />
37
hakuna chochote ambacho Allaah Amejifananisha Mwenyewe au<br />
Mjumbe <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>al</strong>ichomlinganisha na Yeye.” 48<br />
Yeye (Rahimahu Allaah) pia amesema:<br />
“Tamko amb<strong>al</strong>o ni madhubuti kuhusiana na masu<strong>al</strong>a yote haya ni<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba Allaah Afananishwe kama vile Alivyojifananisha<br />
Mwenyewe au kama <strong>al</strong>ivyomfananisha Mjumbe Wake, na kama<br />
vizazi vya m<strong>wa</strong>nzo vilivyomfananisha, na sisi hatuhitajiki kuvuka<br />
mpaka k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e yanayosema Qur-aan na Hadiyth.”<br />
Imaam Ahmad (Rahimahu Allaah) amesema: “Allaah<br />
asifananishwe isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> namna Aliyojifananisha Mwenyewe<br />
au kama <strong>al</strong>ivyomfananisha Mjumbe <strong>wa</strong>ke, na mtu asichupe mpaka<br />
dhidi ya Qur-aan na Hadiyth.”<br />
Mwenendo <strong>wa</strong> S<strong>al</strong>af uliku<strong>wa</strong> ni kumfananisha Allaah kama vile<br />
Alivyojifananisha Mwenyewe na kama Alivyomfananisha<br />
Mjumbe <strong>wa</strong>ke, bila ya kuharibu au kukana, na bila ya kuuliza ni<br />
namna gani au ulinganisho Wake na viumbe Vyake. Tunafahamu<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba y<strong>al</strong>e ambayo Allaah Amejifananisha nayo Mwenyewe ni<br />
kweli, na <strong>wa</strong>la hakuna maajabu au kitu chenye kubabaisha katika<br />
hilo, isipoku<strong>wa</strong> maana zake zieleweke k<strong>wa</strong> yule Mmoja Aliyesema<br />
hayo yaeleweke hivyo, has<strong>wa</strong> p<strong>al</strong>e mtu <strong>al</strong>iyesema hayo ni<br />
mwenye elimu zaidi k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e anayosema kuliko <strong>wa</strong>tu wengine<br />
wote na mwenye kufahamika na mwenye kuweza kueleza kile<br />
anachokitaka kueleza, na mwenye ufasaha katika kueleza,<br />
kutafsiri na kuongoza.<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> kuengezea na yote haya, hakuna chochote kinachofanana na<br />
Allaah, aidha k<strong>wa</strong> h<strong>al</strong>i ya utukufu Wake au majina Yake na sifa au<br />
matendo. Tunaamini kisa<strong>wa</strong>sa<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba Yeye ana h<strong>al</strong>i ya kweli<br />
na k<strong>wa</strong>mba Ana matendo ya kweli, na sifa za kweli. Hakuna<br />
chochote chenye kufanana na Yeye, h<strong>al</strong>i yake, sifa au matendo.<br />
I<strong>wa</strong>po kuna chochote kinachomaanisha upungufu au k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
Yeye ana m<strong>wa</strong>nzo, Yupo mb<strong>al</strong>i kabisa na hilo k<strong>wa</strong> ukweli has<strong>wa</strong>,<br />
na Yeye afikiriwe ku<strong>wa</strong> ni mkamilifu katika namna ambayo<br />
hakuna ukamilifu juu yake. Yeye hana m<strong>wa</strong>nzo na hakuna<br />
uwezekano <strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba Yeye ameumb<strong>wa</strong>, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu hakuna<br />
48 Fataa<strong>wa</strong> ya Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam (2/126).<br />
38
<strong>wa</strong>kati ambao yeye hakuwepo. K<strong>wa</strong> kitu chochote kuweza<br />
kuumb<strong>wa</strong> kinamaanisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba kuliku<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>kati ambao<br />
hakukuwepo, na k<strong>wa</strong>mba uumbaji huo unahitaji muumbaji, lakini<br />
Yeye Ameendelea kuwepo tokea enzi zote.<br />
Muono <strong>wa</strong> S<strong>al</strong>af ni ule <strong>wa</strong> usasa, sio k<strong>wa</strong> kukana sifa tukufu <strong>wa</strong>la<br />
kumlinganisha Allaah na viumbe Vyake. Ha<strong>wa</strong>zilinganishi sifa za<br />
Allaah katika sifa za viumbe Vyake, kama ambavyo<br />
ha<strong>wa</strong>ilinganishi h<strong>al</strong>i Yake na h<strong>al</strong>i ya viumbe Vyake. Ha<strong>wa</strong>kaidi<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba y<strong>al</strong>e ambayo Amejisifia Mwenyewe au y<strong>al</strong>e ambayo<br />
Mjumbe Wake Amemsifia, inayopelekea kukana majina Yake<br />
matukufu na sifa zinazovuta hisia, na kuyatoa maneno kutoka<br />
sehemu (yake) sahihi (rudia an-Nisaa 4:46) na kuyakimbia majina<br />
na <strong>al</strong>ama za Allaah (Fusswilat 41:40).<br />
Wote <strong>wa</strong>naokana sifa za Allaah na <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naomlinganisha Yeye<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> viumbe Vyake ni wenye hatia ya makosa yote. W<strong>al</strong>e<br />
<strong>wa</strong>naokaidi Sifa zake na kushind<strong>wa</strong> kuele<strong>wa</strong> majina yake na sifa<br />
za Allaah isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> namna ambayo inanufaisha viumbe hai,<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> hiyo <strong>wa</strong>nakana dhana hizi na hivyo kuunganisha makosa<br />
yote; a<strong>wa</strong>li ya yote <strong>wa</strong>memlinganisha Yeye na viumbe Vyake,<br />
kisha <strong>wa</strong>kakana sifa Zake kutokana na hilo. K<strong>wa</strong>mba ulinganisho<br />
<strong>wa</strong> majina hayo na sifa ni k<strong>wa</strong> kuweza kueleweka kutokana na<br />
majina na sifa za viumbe Vyake, kisha <strong>wa</strong>kakana sifa ambazo<br />
Anastahiki ku<strong>wa</strong> nazo ambazo ni zake Allaah, Mwenye<br />
kushukuri<strong>wa</strong> na kusif<strong>wa</strong>. 49<br />
Jibu k<strong>wa</strong> W<strong>al</strong>e Wanaodai K<strong>wa</strong>mba Alikuwe ni Mwenye Elimu<br />
Ya Diyn Isiyostaarabika<br />
Ibn Hajar <strong>al</strong>-Haythamiy (ni mmoja <strong>wa</strong> fuqaha mkub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> ki<br />
Shaafi’iy, <strong>al</strong>iyekufa m<strong>wa</strong>ka 974 AH na ni mtu ambaye ni<br />
mwengine kinyme na Ibn Hajar <strong>al</strong>’Asq<strong>al</strong>aaniy, m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi <strong>wa</strong> Fath-<strong>al</strong>-Baariy<br />
<strong>al</strong>iyefariki m<strong>wa</strong>ka 852 AH) ame<strong>wa</strong>tolea hoja Ma<strong>shaykh</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>wili <strong>wa</strong> Uislamu, Ibn Taymiyyah na m<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>ke Ibn <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Qayyim, k<strong>wa</strong> mapana sana na ku<strong>wa</strong>tuhumu k<strong>wa</strong>mba ni wenye<br />
kumuelezea Allaah katika maelezo ya kimaumbo,<br />
49 Fataa<strong>wa</strong> Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam (5/26-27)<br />
39
<strong>wa</strong>kimlinganisha yeye na viumbe Vyake, na imani nyengine zisizo<br />
na mashiko. Lakini <strong>al</strong>ijibi<strong>wa</strong> na wengi, ambao <strong>wa</strong>lieleza uongo <strong>wa</strong><br />
y<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>iyoyaeleza na kufafanua k<strong>wa</strong>mba Maimamu hao <strong>wa</strong>wili<br />
<strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> safi <strong>wa</strong> imani yoyote inayokwenda kinyume na Qur-aan<br />
na Sunnah. Mmoja <strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni ha<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni:<br />
• Al-Mulla ‘Aliy Qaariy (Rahimahu Allaah), ambaye amesema,<br />
baada ya kunukuu tuhuma za Ibn Hajar <strong>al</strong>-Haythamiy dhidi<br />
yao na hoja zake dhidi ya ‘Aqiydah zao:<br />
Ninasema: Allaah A<strong>wa</strong>linde <strong>wa</strong>o – yaani Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim na<br />
Shaykh <strong>wa</strong>ke Ibn Taymiyyah – kutokana na tuhuma kub<strong>wa</strong><br />
kabisa. Yule ambaye anasoma Sharh Manaazil as-Saa’iriyn cha<br />
Nadiym <strong>al</strong>-Baariy <strong>al</strong>-Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Ansaariy, ambaye ni Shaykh <strong>wa</strong><br />
Uislamu k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> Masufi, ataona k<strong>wa</strong> u<strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
<strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> ni miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> Ahl <strong>al</strong>-Sunnah <strong>wa</strong>l-Jamaa’ah na k<strong>wa</strong><br />
hakika ni miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> awliya’ (marafiki <strong>wa</strong> karibu <strong>wa</strong><br />
Allaah) <strong>wa</strong> Ummah huu. Miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>iyosema ndani ya<br />
kitabu kilichotaj<strong>wa</strong> ni yafuatayo:<br />
“Maneno haya ya Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam yanadhihirisha nafasi yake<br />
kama ni M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni mkub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Ahlus-Sunnah, na nafasi<br />
yake miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni, na inaonesha k<strong>wa</strong>mba yeye<br />
ni msafi k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le maadui <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> ki Jahami <strong>wa</strong>nayomtuhumu<br />
nao, k<strong>wa</strong>mba amemlinganisha Allaah na viumbe Vyake, kama<br />
vile Maraafidhi <strong>wa</strong>navyo<strong>wa</strong>tuhumu <strong>wa</strong>o ku<strong>wa</strong> ni ma Naasibis,<br />
na Naasibis <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>tuhumu <strong>wa</strong>o ku<strong>wa</strong> ni Maraafidhi, na<br />
Mu’tazilah <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>tuhumu <strong>wa</strong>o ku<strong>wa</strong> ni wenye elimu ya dini<br />
isiyostaarabika. Huo ndio urithi <strong>wa</strong> maadui <strong>wa</strong> Mjumbe <strong>wa</strong><br />
Allaah (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam) ambao<br />
<strong>wa</strong>namtuhumu yeye na <strong>wa</strong>fuasi <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> kubuni dini mpya.<br />
Na huu ni urithi ambao Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> Hadiyth na Sunnah<br />
kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Mtume <strong>wa</strong>o na k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> uongo<br />
<strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>pa <strong>wa</strong>o an<strong>wa</strong>ni za kijinai.<br />
Allaah Ainyanyue roho ya ash-Shafi’iy, ambaye amesema p<strong>al</strong>e<br />
<strong>al</strong>ipotuhumi<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> ni Raafidhi:<br />
I<strong>wa</strong>po ku<strong>wa</strong> ni Raafidhi inamaanisha ku<strong>wa</strong> na mapenzi na<br />
familia ya Muhammad, basi <strong>wa</strong>ache makabila mawili (ya<br />
binaadamu na majini) kushuhudia k<strong>wa</strong>mba mimi ni Raafidhi.<br />
40
Allaah Amrehemu Shaykh wetu Abul-‘Abbaas Ibn Taymiyyah<br />
p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>iposema:<br />
I<strong>wa</strong>po ku<strong>wa</strong> ni Naasibi inamaanisha ku<strong>wa</strong> na mapenzi na<br />
familia ya Muhammad, basi <strong>wa</strong>ache makabila mawili (ya<br />
binaadamu na majini) kushuhudia k<strong>wa</strong>mba mimi ni Naasibi.<br />
Allaah Amrehemu <strong>wa</strong> tatu – Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim – p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>iposema:<br />
I<strong>wa</strong>po ku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye elimu ya dini isiyostaarabika<br />
inamaanisha ku<strong>wa</strong> na msimamo thabiti <strong>wa</strong> sifa tukufu na<br />
kuzinasibisha hizo ku<strong>wa</strong> juu ya maana ya muongo, Basi<br />
shukrani zote ni za Allaah, mimi ni mwenye elimu ya dini<br />
isiyostaarabika, <strong>wa</strong>lete mashahidi <strong>wa</strong>ko.” 50<br />
• Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> Kamati ya Juu <strong>wa</strong>liuliz<strong>wa</strong>:<br />
Watu <strong>wa</strong>nasema k<strong>wa</strong>mba Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> sio mmoja<br />
<strong>wa</strong> Ahl <strong>al</strong>-Sunnah <strong>wa</strong>l-Jamaa’ah, na k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>ipotea na<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>potosha wengine, na k<strong>wa</strong>mba hili ni k<strong>wa</strong> maoni ya Ibn<br />
Hajar na wengineo. Je k<strong>wa</strong> hayo <strong>wa</strong>nayoeleza ni kweli au la?<br />
Wakajibu:<br />
Shaykh Ahmad Ibn ‘Abdul-H<strong>al</strong>iym Ibn Taymiyyah ni mmoja<br />
<strong>wa</strong> Maimamu <strong>wa</strong> Ahl <strong>al</strong>-Sunnah <strong>wa</strong>l-Jamaa’ah, ambaye <strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>ita<br />
<strong>wa</strong>tu katika ukweli na katika njia sahihi. Allaah <strong>al</strong>iisimamisha<br />
Sunnah k<strong>wa</strong> kumtumia yeye na ku<strong>wa</strong>vunja nguvu <strong>wa</strong>fuasi <strong>wa</strong><br />
uzushi na uzushi na ukafiri. Yule ambaye anamtambua kama ni<br />
mwengine zaidi ya hivyo ni yule ambaye ni mzushi na<br />
amepotea na ana<strong>wa</strong>potosha wengine. Wamesikia mambo ya<br />
uongo kuhusiana naye, na <strong>wa</strong>nafikiria k<strong>wa</strong>mba ukweli uliku<strong>wa</strong><br />
ni uongo na uongo uliku<strong>wa</strong> ni ukweli. Hayo yanatambuli<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
yule ambaye Allaah anamuongoza na yule anayesoma kitabu<br />
chake na vitabu vya <strong>wa</strong>pinzani <strong>wa</strong>ke, na kulinganisha <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong><br />
50 Mirqaah <strong>al</strong>-Mafaatiyh by <strong>al</strong>-Mulla ‘Aliy Qaari (8/146, 147). Maneno y<strong>al</strong>iyo<br />
baina ya <strong>al</strong>ama za nukuu “” zilinukuli<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>al</strong>-Mulla ‘Aliy Qaari kutoka k<strong>wa</strong><br />
Imaam Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim, kutoka katika kitabu chake cha Madaarij <strong>al</strong>-Sa<strong>al</strong>ikeen<br />
bayna Manaazil Iyyaaka Na’budu <strong>wa</strong> Iyyaaka Nasta’een (2/87, 88).<br />
41
<strong>wa</strong>ke na <strong>wa</strong>o. Hii ni bora na ushahidi thabiti baina ya pande<br />
hizo mbili. 51<br />
Hivyo i<strong>wa</strong>po tunatambua hapa k<strong>wa</strong>mba y<strong>al</strong>e y<strong>al</strong>iyoelez<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
<strong>wa</strong>tu k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye elimu ya dini isiyostaarabika<br />
na <strong>al</strong>ikufuru ‘Aqiydah sahihi na kumlinganisha Allaah, Allaah<br />
Atukuzwe, na sifa za viumbe Vyake, ni uongo uzushi ulio <strong>wa</strong>zi na<br />
uongo ulio dhahiri dhidi ya Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam na mtindo <strong>wa</strong>ke na<br />
‘Aqiydah. Yeyote anayesoma aina ya vitabu vyake vikub<strong>wa</strong> ama<br />
vidogo at<strong>al</strong>itambua hilo.<br />
Jihaad Yake<br />
SURA YA 7: JIHAAD, MITIHANI NA KIFO<br />
Maisha ya Ibn Taymiyyah y<strong>al</strong>itengana (na maisha ya <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
wengine) k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> na sifa kub<strong>wa</strong> kub<strong>wa</strong> za kuamrisha mema,<br />
kukataza maovu na kufanya Jihaad k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya Allaah,<br />
<strong>al</strong>ichanganyisha nafasi yake ya kusomesha, utoaji <strong>wa</strong> fat<strong>wa</strong> za<br />
kisheria na uandishi pamoja na matendo yenye nafasi ya juu<br />
kabisa. Ukweli ni k<strong>wa</strong>mba, maisha yake yote y<strong>al</strong>izunguk<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
Jihaad. Pamoja na maelezo mafupi mno ya kuang<strong>al</strong>ia maisha yake<br />
ndani ya nyanja hii, tunaweza kuona idadi kadhaa ya matukio:<br />
Jihaad Yake Katika Kuamrisha Mema na Kukataza Maovu<br />
51 Shaykh ‘Abdul-‘Aziyz Ibn Baaz, Shaykh ‘Abdur-Razzaaq ‘Afiyfiy, Shaykh<br />
‘Abdullaah Ibn Ghadyaan, Shaykh ‘Abdullaah Ibn Qa’uud. Fataa<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Lajnah<br />
<strong>al</strong>-Daa’imah (2/451, 254).<br />
42
• Uharibifu <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> masanamu na maeneo, kama vile<br />
uharibifu <strong>wa</strong> nguzo, ndani ya Masjid at-Taariykh huko<br />
Damascus, ambao <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kiiombea kutokana na<br />
nguzo hiyo Baraka, 52 na vitu vyote ambavyo viliku<strong>wa</strong><br />
vikitumika k<strong>wa</strong> kuviabudia kinyume na Allaah na ambavyo<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>zuia <strong>wa</strong>tu kuzuru sehemu kama hizo. Tendo hili<br />
kakamavu lilitanguli<strong>wa</strong> na hatua mbili: k<strong>wa</strong>nza, k<strong>wa</strong><br />
kueleza ukweli <strong>wa</strong> sehemu hizi (zinazodhani<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />
tukufu) ambazo nyingi zao zilisimuli<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> uharibifu na<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba makaburi mengi ambayo yakitukuz<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
kufanyi<strong>wa</strong> ziara k<strong>wa</strong>yo, ukweli ni k<strong>wa</strong>mba y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> hayana<br />
mnasaba wowote k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>nao<strong>wa</strong>sifia nao. 53 Pili, k<strong>wa</strong><br />
njia ya mijad<strong>al</strong>a ya kita<strong>al</strong>amu kupitia mahojiano ya moja<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> moja, vitabu na barua, na kuelezea shirki hiyo na uzushi<br />
unaoungama katika matendo kama hayo na pia kupitia<br />
u<strong>wa</strong>silishaji <strong>wa</strong> maoni ya <strong>wa</strong>pinzani na kuzikana hoja zao.<br />
• Aliandika barua k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong> Mf<strong>al</strong>me <strong>wa</strong> Ukiristo nchini<br />
Cyprus akimu<strong>al</strong>ika katika Uislamu na kuweka <strong>wa</strong>zi uongo<br />
na ufisadi unaofany<strong>wa</strong> na mapadri na <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong> h<strong>al</strong>i ya ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>kiele<strong>wa</strong> vyema k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> juu ya upotovu. Baada<br />
ya kutaja uchaji Mungu <strong>wa</strong> Mf<strong>al</strong>me, mapenzi yake ya elimu<br />
na tabia zake nzuri k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu, Ibn Taymiyyah baadaye<br />
akamu<strong>al</strong>ika kuingia katika Uislamu na kufuata imani sahihi.<br />
Alifanza hivi katika mtindo laini na wenye maelezo<br />
yanayoelezea uta<strong>al</strong>amu <strong>wa</strong>ke, na akimuhimiza ku<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
ukarimu mbele ya Waislamu <strong>wa</strong>liopo nchini Cyprus, <strong>wa</strong>la<br />
asithubutu kubadili dini ya hata mmoja miongoni m<strong>wa</strong>o. 54<br />
Pia <strong>al</strong>iingia kwenye mijad<strong>al</strong>a pamoja na Wakiristo, baadhi<br />
52 Nahiyyah min Shaykhul-lslaam Ibn Taymiyyah, uk. 10-11; <strong>al</strong>-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-<br />
Nihaayah, 13/34; as-Suluuk li Ma'rifah Du<strong>wa</strong>l <strong>al</strong>-Muluuk cha <strong>al</strong>-Miqriyziy, na<br />
Badaa'i' az-Zuhuur fiy Waqaa'i' ad-Duhuur cha Muhammad Ibn Ahmad Ibn<br />
'Iyaas <strong>al</strong>-Hanafiy<br />
53 Rudia katika Ra-s <strong>al</strong>-Husayn cha Ibn Taymiyyah kilichoandik<strong>wa</strong> kwenye<br />
Majmu’ '<strong>al</strong>-Fataa<strong>wa</strong>a, Sura ya 27 na pia 17/500, 27/173 na 27/61 katika mada<br />
ya kaburi la Nuuh.<br />
54 Risa<strong>al</strong>ah <strong>al</strong>-Qubrussiyah ya Ibn Taymiyyah, ndani ya Majmu’ <strong>al</strong>-Fataa<strong>wa</strong>a,<br />
Sura ya 28. Hii inapatikana iki<strong>wa</strong> na tafsiri pamoja na barua kadhaa za Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah: Barua za Ibn Taymiyyah kutoka Jela, kimechapish<strong>wa</strong> na Ujumbe <strong>wa</strong><br />
Uislamu (Message of Islam), U.K.<br />
43
yake yeye mwenyewe <strong>al</strong>iinukuu ndani ya kitabu chake cha<br />
<strong>al</strong>-Ja<strong>wa</strong>ab as-S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh. 55<br />
• Alifanya vikao vingi dhidi ya Suufiyyah. Moja ya kikao chake<br />
maarufu kiliku<strong>wa</strong> dhidi ya Bataa'ihiyyah. 56 Ali<strong>wa</strong>kana na<br />
kuweka <strong>wa</strong>zi tabia zao za kishetani kama vile kuingia ndani<br />
ya moto na kutoka bila ya jeraha na madai yao k<strong>wa</strong>mba hilo<br />
ni kuonesha miujiza yao ya kiasili. Alieleza k<strong>wa</strong>mba hata<br />
kama <strong>wa</strong>kifanya hivi au kuruka angani, haitoku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />
ushahidi k<strong>wa</strong>mba yanaweza kutumika kutangaza ukiuk<strong>wa</strong>ji<br />
<strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong> Shari’ah ku<strong>wa</strong> ni sahihi. 57 Ali<strong>wa</strong>pa changamoto k<strong>wa</strong><br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>taka kuingia kwenye moto pamoja nae k<strong>wa</strong> masharti<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba a<strong>wa</strong>li ya yote <strong>wa</strong>jikoshe k<strong>wa</strong> siki na maji ya moto.<br />
Hatimaye, <strong>wa</strong>liwek<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi na kushind<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>kakub<strong>al</strong>i<br />
utiifu <strong>wa</strong> moja k<strong>wa</strong> moja katika Kitabu na Sunnah. 58<br />
• Ndani ya m<strong>wa</strong>ka 699H, yeye na idadi kadhaa ya sahibu zake<br />
<strong>wa</strong>liinukia dhidi ya baadhi ya <strong>wa</strong>levi; <strong>wa</strong>kavunja vyombo<br />
vyao, kum<strong>wa</strong>ga ulevi <strong>wa</strong>o na ku<strong>wa</strong>tiisha k<strong>wa</strong> adhabu idadi<br />
yao kadhaa, [tendo amb<strong>al</strong>o] lili<strong>wa</strong>fanya <strong>wa</strong>tu kutoka nje na<br />
kushangilia jambo hili. 59<br />
• Ama k<strong>wa</strong> vikao vyake dhidi ya <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la, viliku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />
maarufu. Moja kati ya kikao chake maarufu mno kiliku<strong>wa</strong><br />
dhidi ya Ghaazaan, mta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong> Tartar. Katika kipindi<br />
ambacho Tartar <strong>wa</strong>liamuru vitisho na uta<strong>wa</strong>la [<strong>wa</strong><br />
kidh<strong>al</strong>imu], <strong>al</strong>izungumza k<strong>wa</strong> mta<strong>wa</strong>la aki<strong>wa</strong> na maneno<br />
mak<strong>al</strong>i kuhusiana na vitendo vyao, <strong>wa</strong>kitandaza ufisadi na<br />
kwenda kinyume na vik<strong>wa</strong>zo vya Waislamu h<strong>al</strong>i ya ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
55 Al-Ja<strong>wa</strong>ab as-S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh li man Badd<strong>al</strong>a Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Masiyh cha Ibn Taymiyyah,<br />
2/172.<br />
56 Wanatambulika kama ni <strong>al</strong>-Ahmadiyyah na ar-Rafaa’iyyah kutokana na<br />
kujisifia k<strong>wa</strong>o k<strong>wa</strong> muanzilishi <strong>wa</strong>o Ahmad ar-Rufaa’iy, mz<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> kutoka kijiji<br />
kimoja cha <strong>al</strong>-Bataa’ih.<br />
57 Imaam ash-Shaafi’iy (Rahimahu Allaahu), amesema: “I<strong>wa</strong>po umeona mtu<br />
anatembea juu ya maji au akiruka ndani ya anga, basi usimuamini hadi<br />
uhakikishe kisa<strong>wa</strong>sa<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong>ke mbele ya Sunnah.”<br />
58 Majmu’ <strong>al</strong>-Fataa<strong>wa</strong>a, 11/456-457, <strong>al</strong>-'Uquud ad-Durriyyah, uk.194 na <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah 14/36.<br />
59 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/122-123. Baadhi ya matokeo ambayo<br />
Shaykh <strong>al</strong>ishiriki y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> bila ya shaka yakifanyika k<strong>wa</strong> muongozo <strong>wa</strong><br />
misingi iliyoshikamana na uamrishaji mema na ukatazaji maovu. Yeye<br />
mwenyewe Ibn Taymiyyah amejadili miongozo hiyo katika kijitabu chake cha<br />
<strong>al</strong>-Amr bil-Ma'ruuf <strong>wa</strong>n-Nahy 'anil-Munkar.<br />
44
<strong>wa</strong>o wenyewe <strong>wa</strong>kidai ku<strong>wa</strong> ni Waislamu. Vivyo hivyo,<br />
maneno yake mazito k<strong>wa</strong> Sultan an-Naasir, y<strong>al</strong>imlazimu<br />
Sultan huyo kuacha kutekeleza tendo amb<strong>al</strong>o h<strong>al</strong>iruhusiki. 60<br />
• Ibn Taymiyyah pia <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ana<strong>wa</strong>athiri <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la kurudia<br />
kwenye jukumu lao la kuamrisha mema na kukataza maovu.<br />
Mfano <strong>wa</strong> hili ni p<strong>al</strong>e rush<strong>wa</strong> ilipotanda mno na ikaja<br />
kutambulika kama ni zana ya kuwezesha kupata nafasi za<br />
kiofisi na pia katika kukimbia adhabu ya kifo mnamo<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>ka 712H, amri rasmi ikapelek<strong>wa</strong> Damascus, kutoka k<strong>wa</strong><br />
Sultan, ikieleza k<strong>wa</strong>mba hakuna mtu yeyote<br />
atakayeruhusika kupati<strong>wa</strong> nafasi au ofisi kupitia njia za pesa<br />
au rush<strong>wa</strong> na k<strong>wa</strong>mba muuaji ahukumiwe k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong><br />
Sharia’ah; amri hii imetokana na ushauri <strong>wa</strong> Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah. 61<br />
Kuna mifano mengine inayofafanua jitihada za Ibn Taymiyyah<br />
(Rahimahu Allaah), katika kuamrisha mema na kukataza maovu.<br />
Nitaeleza baadhi ya matukio hayo hapa chini k<strong>wa</strong> upana:<br />
Jihaad yake dhidi ya Wazushi na Madhehebu Potofu<br />
Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>ijitolea jitihada yake sana<br />
katika kuyakana madhehebu tofauti mb<strong>al</strong>imb<strong>al</strong>i. Yeye binafsi<br />
<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>hi k<strong>wa</strong> mwili <strong>wa</strong>ke ku<strong>wa</strong>pa changamoto baadhi ya <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
kutoka dhehebu la kiza<strong>wa</strong> la Kisufi, amb<strong>al</strong>o likitambulikana kama<br />
ni Bataa’ihiyyah amb<strong>al</strong>o lilijihusisha kwenye michezo kama vile<br />
kutembea juu ya moto ili ku<strong>wa</strong>shangaza jamii kub<strong>wa</strong> ya <strong>wa</strong>tu.<br />
Ali<strong>wa</strong>omba kutembea pamoja naye juu ya moto k<strong>wa</strong> sharti<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>jioshe wenyewe k<strong>wa</strong>nza k<strong>wa</strong> siki na maji ya moto.<br />
Ukataaji <strong>wa</strong>o uliziweka <strong>wa</strong>zi ujinga <strong>wa</strong>o, na hivyo Ibn Taymiyyah<br />
akauweka <strong>wa</strong>zi uongo <strong>wa</strong> dhehebu la Bataa’ihiyyah. 62<br />
H<strong>al</strong>ikadh<strong>al</strong>ika, <strong>al</strong>imkana Muhiyyudin Ibn Arabi na upotofu <strong>wa</strong><br />
Wahdat <strong>al</strong>-Wujuud.<br />
60 Al-Uquud ad-Durriyyah, pg. 281; <strong>al</strong>-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/54; <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Ka<strong>wa</strong>akib ad-Durriyyah, uk. 138.<br />
61 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/66.<br />
62 Majmu’ <strong>al</strong>-Fataa<strong>wa</strong>a, (11/456-457), na <strong>al</strong>-Bidayah <strong>wa</strong>n-Nihayah (14/36)<br />
45
Ibn Hajar <strong>al</strong>isema, ‘... Kutokana na sifa za ajabu za mtu huyu<br />
(yaani Ibn Taymiyyah) iliku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mtu mwenye<br />
nguvu sana miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu dhidi ya <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> uzushi,<br />
Mara<strong>wa</strong>afidhah, Mahuluuliyyah, na Waittihaadiyyah, na kazi<br />
zake katika hili ni nyingi na maarufu, na fataa<strong>wa</strong> katika hayo<br />
hazina idadi... Ni <strong>wa</strong>jibu <strong>wa</strong> mtu, ambaye ni mta<strong>al</strong>amu <strong>wa</strong> elimu<br />
na amepata ufahamu k<strong>wa</strong>mba atilie maanani maneno ya mtu<br />
ambaye imeegemea (elimu yake) katika vitabu vyake maarufu au<br />
kutokana na ndimi za <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>aminifu <strong>wa</strong>naofikisha maneno<br />
yake k<strong>wa</strong> usahihi – kisha kujitenga na y<strong>al</strong>e yote y<strong>al</strong>iyokan<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
kujiamuru kutokana nayo k<strong>wa</strong> lengo la kutoa ushauri sahihi na<br />
kumshukuru k<strong>wa</strong> sifa zake nzuri kabisa na k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>iyoku<strong>wa</strong><br />
sahihi kama ilivyo njia ya Wanachuoni.<br />
I<strong>wa</strong>po hakuna sifa zozote za Shaykh Taqiyud-Diyn isipoku<strong>wa</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>ke maarufu Shaykh Shamsud-Diyn Ibn<br />
Qayyim <strong>al</strong>-Jawziyyah, m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi <strong>wa</strong> kazi nyingi, ambazo<br />
kutokana nazo <strong>wa</strong>pinzani na <strong>wa</strong>fuasi <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong>linufaika nazo, basi<br />
hii itaku<strong>wa</strong> ni ushahidi tosha <strong>wa</strong> nafasi yake adhimu (Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah). Na k<strong>wa</strong>nini iwe vyenginevyo p<strong>al</strong>e ambapo<br />
Maimamu <strong>wa</strong> Kishaafi na wengine, <strong>wa</strong>la usizungumzie<br />
Mahanb<strong>al</strong>i, katika kipindi chake kuthibitisha sayansi yake (ya<br />
Kiislamu) muhimu. 63<br />
Ama k<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong>kana <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> uzushi na hatari<br />
<strong>wa</strong>liyonayo k<strong>wa</strong> Waislamu, Ibn Taymiyyah amesema, ‘Pindipo<br />
baadhi ya <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>lipomuuliza Imaam Ahmad Ibn Hanb<strong>al</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba ha<strong>wa</strong>jisikii vizuri katika ku<strong>wa</strong>kana <strong>wa</strong>tu, <strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>jibu,<br />
‘I<strong>wa</strong>po mimi ni <strong>wa</strong> kukaa kimya, ni namna gani <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>jinga<br />
<strong>wa</strong>lio wengi <strong>wa</strong>tauele<strong>wa</strong> ukweli kutokana na uongo?’ W<strong>al</strong>e<br />
<strong>wa</strong>lioanzisha maandiko ya kipotofu ambayo yanapingana na Quraan<br />
na Sunnah na <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>liozua mambo ya ibada, basi ni <strong>wa</strong>jibu<br />
juu yao k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>elezewe na k<strong>wa</strong>mba Waislamu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>tahadharishwe dhidi yao – k<strong>wa</strong> makub<strong>al</strong>iano ya Wanachuoni<br />
Waislamu <strong>wa</strong>lio wengi. Ukweli ni k<strong>wa</strong>mba, p<strong>al</strong>e Imaam Ahmad<br />
bin Hanb<strong>al</strong> <strong>al</strong>ipouliz<strong>wa</strong> kuhusiana na mtu anayefunga, kus<strong>wa</strong>li na<br />
kujitenga pekee ndani ya Msikiti k<strong>wa</strong> ibada; i<strong>wa</strong>po ataku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />
63 Imetokana na ridhaa ya Ibn Hajr iliyopo mwisho m<strong>wa</strong> kitabu cha 'Radd <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Waafir'.<br />
46
mtu muhimu k<strong>wa</strong>ke kuliko mtu anayezungumza dhidi ya<br />
<strong>wa</strong>zushi? Alisema, ‘P<strong>al</strong>e anapofunga na kus<strong>wa</strong>li na kujitenga<br />
pekee, basi anafanya k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya nafsi yake mwenyewe. Hata<br />
hivyo, p<strong>al</strong>e anapozungumza dhidi ya <strong>wa</strong>zushi, anafanza hivyo<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> manufaa ya Waislamu k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla <strong>wa</strong>ke, na hili ni bora<br />
zaidi.’<br />
Hivyo iliku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong>mba ku<strong>wa</strong>kana <strong>wa</strong>zushi <strong>wa</strong>zi <strong>wa</strong>zi ni ya<br />
manufaa ya jumla k<strong>wa</strong> Waislamu na inatambulikana kama ni aina<br />
moja <strong>wa</strong>po ya mapambano katika njia ya Allaah. K<strong>wa</strong>ni kuisafisha<br />
Diyn ya Allaah na kuitetea kutokana na mavamizi ni <strong>wa</strong>jibu <strong>wa</strong><br />
kiujumla – kama ilivyokub<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> na Wanachuoni. K<strong>wa</strong>ni, i<strong>wa</strong>po<br />
Allaah asingeli<strong>wa</strong>nyanyua baadhi ya <strong>wa</strong>tu ku<strong>wa</strong>kana <strong>wa</strong>zushi,<br />
basi Diyn hii ingelishtadi k<strong>wa</strong> madhara, ufisadi na upotofu. K<strong>wa</strong><br />
hakika, aina hii ya ufisadi ni kub<strong>wa</strong> zaidi kuliko ufisadi<br />
unaotokana na <strong>wa</strong>sioamini <strong>wa</strong>napo<strong>wa</strong>teka Waislamu. K<strong>wa</strong>ni p<strong>al</strong>e<br />
<strong>wa</strong>sioamini <strong>wa</strong>napo<strong>wa</strong>teka nyara Waislamu, ha<strong>wa</strong>haribu mioyo<br />
yao, au Diyn yao, isipoku<strong>wa</strong> baada ya muda. Inga<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>zushi<br />
<strong>wa</strong>naziharibu nyoyo tokea hapo m<strong>wa</strong>nzo.’ 64<br />
Jihaada yake dhidi ya Wakiristo na Maraafidhah (Mashia)<br />
a. Al-Ja<strong>wa</strong>ab as-S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh<br />
Ibn Taymiyyah ameandika Al-Ja<strong>wa</strong>ab as-S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh Liman Badd<strong>al</strong>a<br />
Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Masiyh katika vitabu (volumes) vinne ambavyo ndani yake<br />
<strong>al</strong>iweza kuzielezea pingamizi zote zilizotole<strong>wa</strong> dhidi ya Uislamu,<br />
<strong>al</strong>iweka bayana hoja kamili mpya na zenye kuridhisha k<strong>wa</strong><br />
kuegemea Sunnah ya Mtume Muhammad (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi<br />
<strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam). Moja kati ya <strong>wa</strong>liomuandikia <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam, ni Shaykh Abu Zahra, <strong>al</strong>iyesema: “Kitabu hichi<br />
peke yake kinatosha kutoa nafasi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili yake miongoni m<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>al</strong>amu na madukturi <strong>wa</strong>somi ambao <strong>wa</strong>litia bidii ya<br />
kuisafisha imani.” 65<br />
64 Majmu’ <strong>al</strong>-Fataa<strong>wa</strong>a (28/231-232) Imenukuli<strong>wa</strong> kutoka kwenye jarida la <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Istiqaamah Magazine, iliyonukuli<strong>wa</strong> kutoka Jarida la As-Sunnah Newsletter –<br />
http://www.qsep.com<br />
65 Ibn Taymiyyah, Hayaatuhu <strong>wa</strong> ‘Asruhu <strong>wa</strong> Araauhu <strong>wa</strong> Fiquhuhu, uk. 519.<br />
47
. Minhaaj as-Sunnah<br />
Kama kilivyo Al-Ja<strong>wa</strong>ab as-S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh, Minhaaj as-Sunnah ni kazi<br />
nyengine ya kipekee ya Ibn Taymiyyah ya juu kabisa ambayo<br />
ameandika kukana matabaka ya Kishia hapo zamani (na leo)<br />
yanayohatarisha ukakamavu <strong>wa</strong> imani sahihi ya kiasili. Kitabu<br />
hicho, chenye vijitabu (volumes) vinne na chenye kurasa zaidi ya<br />
1,600; kimeandik<strong>wa</strong> kukijibu kitabu cha Minhaaj <strong>al</strong>-Karaaman cha<br />
Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Muttahir <strong>al</strong>-Hilli ambaye, katika hamu yake iliyochupa<br />
mpaka, akataka kuthibitisha Utukufu uliopo k<strong>wa</strong> afisi ya<br />
Kiiimamu, akajaribu ku<strong>wa</strong>fanya Makh<strong>al</strong>ifa <strong>wa</strong>ongofu <strong>wa</strong>tatu <strong>wa</strong><br />
m<strong>wa</strong>nzo kama sio <strong>wa</strong>nafiki na sio martadi lakini pia kama ni<br />
viumbe viovu kabisa vilivyojiingiza kwenye unyanyasaji. Hili,<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah, iliushushia hadhi Uislamu na<br />
kuifanya dhana ya Utume ku<strong>wa</strong> ni dhaifu. Hata k<strong>wa</strong> msingi <strong>wa</strong><br />
ubishano <strong>wa</strong>ke, Minhaaj as-Sunnah ni kitabu muhimu kutokana na<br />
mtindo <strong>wa</strong>ke ulio <strong>wa</strong>zi na maelezo yake ya kuridhisha na usahihi<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />
Nukuu nyingi hazielezi nafasi ya Ibn Taymiyyah kwenye Jihaad<br />
dhidi ya Wakiristo kabla ya kufukuz<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>o nchini Shaam. Hata<br />
hivyo Al-Bazzaar, anataja yafuatayo p<strong>al</strong>e anapojadili ukakamavu<br />
na moyo uliopig<strong>wa</strong> konde <strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah: “Wananasibisha<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>limuona katika utekaji <strong>wa</strong> ‘Akkah, katika muonekano<br />
<strong>wa</strong> kishujaa ambao hauwezi kuelezeka. Wanasema k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ndio chanzo ya sababu ya kutek<strong>wa</strong> [‘Akkah] na Waislamu<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya matendo yake [mema], ushauri na muono mk<strong>al</strong>i.” 66<br />
Ama k<strong>wa</strong> Maraafidhah, <strong>wa</strong>lijijengea ngo’me yao wenyewe katika<br />
milima ya <strong>al</strong>-Jard na <strong>al</strong>-Kasra<strong>wa</strong>aniyyiyn. Ibn Taymiyyah<br />
aka<strong>wa</strong>fuata huko ndani ya m<strong>wa</strong>ka 704H aki<strong>wa</strong> pamoja na kundi la<br />
<strong>wa</strong>fuasi <strong>wa</strong>ke na ku<strong>wa</strong>taka idadi yao kadhaa kuomba toba na<br />
[hivyo] <strong>wa</strong>kasimamisha Shari’ah ya Uislamu juu yao<br />
[Maraafidhah]. M<strong>wa</strong>nzoni m<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>ka 705H, Ibn Taymiyyah<br />
66 Al'-Alaam <strong>al</strong>-'Aliyyah, uk. 68.<br />
48
<strong>al</strong>ikwenda vitani aki<strong>wa</strong> pamoja na kundi la kivita na naibu Sultan<br />
<strong>wa</strong> Shaam na Allaah aka<strong>wa</strong>saidia <strong>wa</strong>o dhidi ya Maraafidhah. 67<br />
Jihaad yake dhidi ya Matartar<br />
Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na nafasi kub<strong>wa</strong> katika kuanzisha Jihaad<br />
dhidi ya Matartar. Aliweka <strong>wa</strong>zi ukweli <strong>wa</strong> masharti yao na<br />
kuonesha k<strong>wa</strong>mba iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>wa</strong>jibu kupigana nao, k<strong>wa</strong>nza, k<strong>wa</strong><br />
sababu ya makub<strong>al</strong>iano ya Wanachuoni katika <strong>wa</strong>jibu <strong>wa</strong><br />
kupigana vita na kundi lolote amb<strong>al</strong>o linakana <strong>wa</strong>zi<strong>wa</strong>zi na<br />
kukataa Shari’ah za Uislamu na pili, akieleza k<strong>wa</strong>mba kanuni hii<br />
inafanya kazi k<strong>wa</strong> Matartar k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya masharti yao.<br />
Aliweka <strong>wa</strong>zi sababu za ushindi na kueleza k<strong>wa</strong>mba sio jambo<br />
lisilowezekana au lenye ugumu kupata ushindi dhidi yao i<strong>wa</strong>po<br />
Waislamu <strong>wa</strong>tafuata sababu za kupata ushindi kama vile<br />
kusimamisha Shari’ah, kuondosha unyanyasaji, kueneza haki na<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kweli k<strong>wa</strong> nia zao p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>wa</strong>naposimamisha Jihaad katika<br />
njia ya Allaah.<br />
Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>ichukua jukumu la kuyafunza majeshi na<br />
kuanzisha makundi ya ki MujahiDiyn. Alihusika pia katika<br />
mavamizi ya kushtukiza dhidi ya kambi za kijeshi za Matartar. Pia<br />
<strong>al</strong>izamia mkoa ambao <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> Batiniyah <strong>wa</strong>kiishi katika milima<br />
ya Shaam, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>wa</strong>li<strong>wa</strong>s<strong>al</strong>iti Waislamu na k<strong>wa</strong> siri<br />
<strong>wa</strong>lishirikiana na maadui <strong>wa</strong> Uislamu, Matartar na Makrusedi.<br />
Inga<strong>wa</strong> dhehebu la Kibatini lilifaniki<strong>wa</strong> kumlaghai Ibn Taymiyyah<br />
p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>wa</strong>lipojifanya kutubia na kuzikana imani na mila zao mbovu.<br />
Lakini <strong>al</strong>itambua k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>limcheza k<strong>wa</strong> kutumia taqqiyah, 68 na<br />
67 Al-'Uquud ad-Durriyyah, uk. 179-194, <strong>al</strong>-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/35 na<br />
as-Suluuk, 12/2.<br />
68 Taqiyyah (التقية) inatafsirikia kilugha kama “kuzungumza kinyume na<br />
imani ya ndani ya mtu.” Historia yote [inaonesha k<strong>wa</strong>mba], Mashia<br />
<strong>wa</strong>meitumia Taqiyyah k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya kuepuka uchunguzi na kuepuka<br />
kukamat<strong>wa</strong>. Tendo la Taqiyyah yana<strong>wa</strong>ruhusu makundi ya Mashia kuenea na<br />
kukua. K<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>wa</strong> Kishia: “Ushia usingelienea i<strong>wa</strong>po<br />
kusingelikuwepo Taqiyyah.” (“Taaarikhush Shi’ah” cha Muhammad Husain<br />
Jafari Sahi<strong>wa</strong>l, uk.230). Imamu <strong>wa</strong> Kishia amesema k<strong>wa</strong>mba Taqiyyah ni:<br />
49
k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>libakia kwenye uadui <strong>wa</strong>o k<strong>wa</strong> Uislamu na Waislamu.<br />
Hakuacha ku<strong>wa</strong>piga vita na ku<strong>wa</strong>saka, na <strong>al</strong>itoa fat<strong>wa</strong> (hukumu<br />
za kidini) akiweka <strong>wa</strong>zi imani zao zilizojificha na vitendo vyao<br />
viovu na akaamrisha haja ya kupigana vita nao.<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> upande mwengine, hakupatapo kuridhia ukweli p<strong>al</strong>e<br />
anapojadiliana na <strong>wa</strong>toto <strong>wa</strong> kif<strong>al</strong>me na <strong>wa</strong>f<strong>al</strong>me kutokana na<br />
dharau zao katika kuihami ardhi ya Uislamu dhidi ya maadui <strong>wa</strong><br />
ndani na nje. Hili linaonesha dhahiri kupitia barua yake k<strong>wa</strong><br />
Sultan an-Naasir Muhammad Ibn Q<strong>al</strong>awuun. Ndani ya barua<br />
hiyo, <strong>al</strong>itishia kuendeleza taifa litak<strong>al</strong>ojitenga kutoka katika<br />
uta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong> Kisultani, na kuutoa uaminifu <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> kiongozi<br />
mwengine ambaye hatoacha kuhami na kusimama dhidi ya<br />
uvamizi <strong>wa</strong> Matartar.<br />
P<strong>al</strong>e mji <strong>wa</strong> Damascus ulipoanguka k<strong>wa</strong> mara nyengine ya pili<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> Matartar, <strong>al</strong>ikataa kusimama k<strong>wa</strong> kujishushuia hadhi, k<strong>wa</strong>ni<br />
<strong>al</strong>ikub<strong>al</strong>iana pamoja na viongozi <strong>wa</strong> nchi hiyo kuchukua hatua<br />
muhimu k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya ustawi <strong>wa</strong> Waislamu k<strong>wa</strong> kukutana na<br />
kiongozi <strong>wa</strong> Matartar. Inga<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> ha<strong>wa</strong>na nguvu kujihami<br />
wenyewe, hata hivyo <strong>al</strong>ichukua hatua ya dharura katika<br />
kuhamasisha kuonana na Sultan <strong>wa</strong> Matartar ait<strong>wa</strong>ye Ghaazaan,<br />
akimuomba us<strong>al</strong>ama <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> Damascus bila ya kuis<strong>al</strong>imisha<br />
ngo’me yao. Haku<strong>wa</strong> na moyo wenye kukub<strong>al</strong>i na ulio na ujinga<br />
kama <strong>wa</strong>livyo ma<strong>shaykh</strong> wengine <strong>wa</strong>liokutana na Ghaazaan<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kimuomba msamaha na ku<strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>al</strong>i k<strong>wa</strong>o. Lakini <strong>al</strong>ikabiliana<br />
nae Ghaazaan uso k<strong>wa</strong> uso na kumuelezea k<strong>wa</strong>mba uvamizi <strong>wa</strong><br />
Damascus hautaku<strong>wa</strong> mrefu k<strong>wa</strong>ni Waislamu <strong>wa</strong>naendelea<br />
kupindua. Us<strong>al</strong>ama ukapatikana k<strong>wa</strong> Waislamu <strong>wa</strong> Damascus<br />
kutokana na juhudi ya ukakamavu na ushujaa <strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah.<br />
Ibn Taymiyyah pia <strong>al</strong>ishirikiana na Sultan An-Naasir Ibn<br />
Q<strong>al</strong>awuun katika vita vyake dhidi ya Ghaazaan <strong>al</strong>iyedai ku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />
Muislamu na kujipachika jina lake la Mahmuud. Ilithibitika k<strong>wa</strong><br />
Ibn Taymiyyah ku<strong>wa</strong> vyenginevyo, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu Ghaazaan<br />
<strong>al</strong>ikataa moja k<strong>wa</strong> moja kusimamisha Shar’iah za Kiislamu na<br />
haku<strong>wa</strong> mwenye kuzithamini Shar’iah za Allaah. Alita<strong>wa</strong>la nchi<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> kutumia kitabu cha <strong>al</strong>-Yasiq ambacho kiliku<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
“Kujichanganya pamoja nao (yaani <strong>wa</strong>sioku<strong>wa</strong> Mashia) kinjenje lakini<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>pinga kindandani.” (Al-Kafi, sura.9, uk.116).<br />
50
mchanganyiko <strong>wa</strong> sheria kutoka Ukiristo, Uyahudi, Uislamu na<br />
sheria za Genghis Khan mwenyewe. Alizikataa Shar’iah<br />
zilizoshush<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> Waislamu ndani ya Qur-aan na Sunnah.<br />
Katika m<strong>wa</strong>ka 702H, habari kuhusiana na kurejea k<strong>wa</strong> Matartar<br />
mjini Shaam zikaenea. Ibn Taymiyyah akafanya haraka kwenda<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> Sultan <strong>wa</strong> Misri kuomba msaada dhidi ya hatari za Matartar<br />
na ubepari <strong>wa</strong>o ulioku<strong>wa</strong> maarufu sana, has<strong>wa</strong> p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong><br />
Allepo na Hama <strong>wa</strong>lipoitupa miji yao na kukimbilia Damascus.<br />
P<strong>al</strong>e Matartar <strong>wa</strong>lipofikia Homs na Ba’lbek, Ibn Taymiyyah<br />
akaajiri mabaki ya jeshi amb<strong>al</strong>o liliondoka Hama na miji mengine.<br />
Aliliunganisha jeshi na kuanza kuandamana kwenda Damascus ili<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> mbele katika daraja, hadi majeshi ya Kh<strong>al</strong>iyfah <strong>al</strong>-Mustakfi<br />
na Sultan an-Naasir Ibn Q<strong>al</strong>awuun y<strong>al</strong>ipofikia Damascus. Siku ya<br />
Jumamosi, Ramadhaan ya pili, jeshi la Waislamu lika<strong>wa</strong><br />
limekamilika, na mashirikiano k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya vita y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong><br />
yameshaanza nje ya Damascus ili kuulinda mji huo kutokana na<br />
madhara yoyote. Eneo la vita liliku<strong>wa</strong> ni Marj as-Safar.<br />
P<strong>al</strong>e Matartar <strong>wa</strong>liposikia k<strong>wa</strong>mba jeshi kub<strong>wa</strong> linakuja,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kafanya haraka kukutana nao nje ya DamascuS. Hivyo,<br />
mpango <strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nzo <strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah uka<strong>wa</strong> umefaniki<strong>wa</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong>ni <strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>zuia Matartar kufanya uharibifu zaidi <strong>wa</strong> mji. K<strong>wa</strong>ni<br />
<strong>wa</strong>si<strong>wa</strong>si <strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nzo <strong>wa</strong> Matartar uliku<strong>wa</strong> ni kuliharibu jeshi la<br />
Waislamu, [lakini <strong>wa</strong>lishind<strong>wa</strong> kufanya hivyo na bad<strong>al</strong>a yake jeshi<br />
la Ibn Taymiyyah] <strong>wa</strong>kauacha mji [<strong>wa</strong> Damascus] bila ya<br />
uchokozi.<br />
Majeshi hayo mawili baadaye yakakutana, kila moja liki<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
ma<strong>wa</strong>zo kich<strong>wa</strong>ni m<strong>wa</strong>ke ya kuliharibu jeshi la mwengine, na vita<br />
vikaanza mara moja. Iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> adhuhuri na Waislamu<br />
ndani ya vita hivyo <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>mefunga siku hiyo katika vita<br />
vya Shaqhab, vilivyopigan<strong>wa</strong> ndani ya mwezi <strong>wa</strong> Ramadhaan. Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah aka<strong>wa</strong>amuru kufungua s<strong>wa</strong>um k<strong>wa</strong> kufuata<br />
muongozo <strong>wa</strong> Mtume (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong><br />
s<strong>al</strong>lam). Kila mmoja <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>al</strong>iomba kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah aidha<br />
Shahaadah au ushindi. Ndani ya fikra zao ni Mas<strong>wa</strong>haabah <strong>wa</strong><br />
Mtume (Radhiya Allaahu ‘anhum) na <strong>wa</strong>rithi <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong>ongofu<br />
(mataabi’i). Wasi<strong>wa</strong>si <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nzo uliku<strong>wa</strong> ni kuuhami<br />
Uislamu na kuuharibu uadui <strong>wa</strong> Matartar k<strong>wa</strong> namna yoyote,<br />
51
<strong>wa</strong>kihakikisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba ha<strong>wa</strong>tojaribu kurudi tena katika ardhi ya<br />
Uislamu k<strong>wa</strong> ufisadi <strong>wa</strong>o, tofauti na ilivyoku<strong>wa</strong> mara ya m<strong>wa</strong>nzo<br />
p<strong>al</strong>e Matartar <strong>wa</strong>lipojitengenezea makundi mepya, yao wenyewe,<br />
baada ya kushind<strong>wa</strong> katika vita vya A’in J<strong>al</strong>uut na kurudi katika<br />
uvamizi <strong>wa</strong> ardhi za Waislamu.<br />
Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni kiongozi <strong>wa</strong> jeshi, akiyatengeneza<br />
vyema m<strong>al</strong>engo ya Waislamu, inga<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> upande mwengine<br />
hupigana na adui k<strong>wa</strong> ushujaa, aki<strong>wa</strong>sukuma nyuma kurudi<br />
majumbani k<strong>wa</strong> kutambaa, <strong>wa</strong>ka<strong>wa</strong>vunja Matartar, <strong>wa</strong>kiizuia<br />
hatari yao na ku<strong>wa</strong>ondoa Waislamu mb<strong>al</strong>i na matishio yao.<br />
Hatimaye, <strong>wa</strong>k<strong>al</strong>iacha jeshi la adui liki<strong>wa</strong> h<strong>al</strong>ina matarajio yoyote<br />
daima kurejea katika ardhi ya Uislamu. Mapigano ya Shaqhab<br />
y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mapigano ya mwisho kabisa baina ya Matartar na<br />
Waislamu.<br />
Baada ya kufanya Jihaad dhidi ya Matartar na ku<strong>wa</strong>shinda,<br />
tunamuona Ibn Taymiyyah akithamini vita hivyo, akichambua<br />
mafunzo ya kimanufaa ambayo yanaweza kufiki<strong>wa</strong> kutokana na<br />
mapigano hayo na kuelezea maeneo ya ulinganishi baina ya<br />
mapigano hayo dhidi ya Matartar na mapigano mengine ya<br />
Mtume (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam). 69<br />
Mapigano y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na nafasi kuu katika majibu ya Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>liojaribu kumzuia na kuvunja nguvu<br />
makub<strong>al</strong>iano ya Waislamu. W<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kijaribu aidha ku<strong>wa</strong>tisha<br />
Waislamu k<strong>wa</strong> kukithirisha mno uwezo na nguvu za adui, au<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kidai k<strong>wa</strong>mba Matartar ni Waislamu, na hivyo, ku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />
udhuru <strong>wa</strong> kutopigana nao. Majibu ya Ibn Taymiyyah k<strong>wa</strong><br />
Waislamu, ambao <strong>wa</strong>liweza kurubuni<strong>wa</strong> na y<strong>al</strong>e y<strong>al</strong>iyosem<strong>wa</strong><br />
kuhusiana na kuto<strong>wa</strong>jibika kupigana na Matartar, y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />
maneno yake: “I<strong>wa</strong>po mutanikuta mimi katika hadhi ya Matartar<br />
basi niueni!”. Jibu lake katika u<strong>wa</strong>nja <strong>wa</strong> vita liliku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi na<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>ianza ku<strong>wa</strong>piga vita Matartar, hivyo kutoacha nafasi ya<br />
Waislamu <strong>wa</strong>liorubuni<strong>wa</strong> au <strong>wa</strong>lioku<strong>wa</strong> na ma<strong>wa</strong>zo mengine<br />
kuhusiana na maamuzi muafaka katika kumpiga vita adui.<br />
69 Al-'Uquud ad-Durriyyah, uk. 121.<br />
52
Hizo ni baadhi ya mifano ya Jihaad ya Ibn Taymiyyah, Allaah<br />
Amshushie rehema zake, na uunganishi <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> elimu pamoja na<br />
vitendo.<br />
Mitihani na Kufung<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah 70<br />
Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>ipitia mitihani mingi katika maisha yake na ni<br />
kazi ngumu kuipitia na kuielezea k<strong>wa</strong> namna nzuri ndani ya<br />
mjad<strong>al</strong>a huu mfupi kuhusiana na yeye. Hivyo, nitataja tu orodha<br />
ya ile mitihani maarufu.<br />
• Mtihani <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya maandiko yake ya <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Hamawiyyah katika m<strong>wa</strong>ka 698H.<br />
• Mtihani <strong>wa</strong>ke na majadiliana yake k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya maandiko<br />
ya <strong>al</strong>-Waasitiyyah katika m<strong>wa</strong>ka 705H.<br />
• Mtihani <strong>wa</strong>ke, kuit<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>ke Misri na kufung<strong>wa</strong> katika<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>ka 705H k<strong>wa</strong> miezi 18.<br />
• Mtihani <strong>wa</strong>ke pamoja na Suufiyyah nchini Misri baada ya<br />
kuachi<strong>wa</strong> huru.<br />
• Kufukuz<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>ke kwenda Alexandria katika m<strong>wa</strong>ka 709H<br />
na kufung<strong>wa</strong> huko k<strong>wa</strong> miezi 8.<br />
• Mtihani <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya maamuzi mahsusi kuhusiana<br />
na t<strong>al</strong>aka na kufuati<strong>wa</strong> na kifungo katika m<strong>wa</strong>ka 720H, k<strong>wa</strong><br />
miezi mitano.<br />
• Mtihani <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya maamuzi yake ya Kisheria<br />
kuzuia kufanyika misafara mahsusi kuyazuru makaburi na<br />
kufuati<strong>wa</strong> na kifungo katika m<strong>wa</strong>ka 726H hadi kufa k<strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
katika m<strong>wa</strong>ka 728H, Allaah amshushie rehema zake.<br />
Majibu ya Ibn Taymiyyah kuhusiana na mitihani yote hii y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong><br />
daima ni majibu ya uhakika ambayo y<strong>al</strong>iyageuza mithani hii na<br />
madhara – k<strong>wa</strong> msaada <strong>wa</strong> Allaah – ku<strong>wa</strong> ni nafasi kuu ya<br />
kuiengeza Iymaan na kufikia pasipo na shaka katika maarifa na<br />
matendo. Uit<strong>wa</strong>ji <strong>wa</strong>ke nchini Misri, k<strong>wa</strong> mfano, ulimfanya<br />
kujadiliana na kuendelea na ku<strong>wa</strong>elezea <strong>wa</strong>zushi ambao<br />
70 Imechukuli<strong>wa</strong> kupitia mtandao <strong>wa</strong><br />
http://www.sunnahonline.com/ilm/seerah/0047.htm iliyoand<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> na Abu<br />
Saf<strong>wa</strong>an Fariyd<br />
53
<strong>wa</strong>lieneza imani zao katika kila pembe ya mkoa. Nafasi yake<br />
katika kifungo iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>al</strong>ama nyengine ya Baraka hii, k<strong>wa</strong>ni<br />
jitihada zake katika kuelimisha <strong>wa</strong>fung<strong>wa</strong> na ku<strong>wa</strong>lainisha hadi<br />
kufikia hatua ya k<strong>wa</strong>mba utoaji <strong>wa</strong> elimu na dini ndani ya jela<br />
ulizidi baadhi ya taasisi zilizo nje ya jela. Hili lilitokezea kote;<br />
Misri na Alexandria. Uamuzi <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> kubakia Misri baada ya<br />
kuachi<strong>wa</strong> iliku<strong>wa</strong> kama <strong>al</strong>ivyoelezea ndani ya barua 71 k<strong>wa</strong> mama<br />
yake, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya mambo muhimu k<strong>wa</strong> dini na dunia. Hili<br />
lilileta uzuri zaidi katika kusaidia Sunnah na ku<strong>wa</strong>didimiza<br />
<strong>wa</strong>zushi. Moja kati ya matokeo ya uhakika iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni vitabu na<br />
nyaraka <strong>al</strong>izoandika na <strong>al</strong>izotunga ndani ya jela. Pia <strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>omba<br />
radhi <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>liomdumaza, hata p<strong>al</strong>e Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>ipopata<br />
nafasi ya kulipiza kisasi has<strong>wa</strong>. Mmoja miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> maadui<br />
zake, Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Makhluuf, Jaji <strong>wa</strong> Ma<strong>al</strong>ikiy <strong>al</strong>iyesema: “Hatujaona<br />
mfano <strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah; tulimlaghai lakini hatuku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo<br />
kumzidi nguvu, p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>ipoku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kutuzidi sisi nguvu,<br />
bad<strong>al</strong>a yake <strong>al</strong>ituombea msamaha na kutuhami k<strong>wa</strong> niaba yetu.” 72<br />
Matokeo yake mengine ya uhakika ni k<strong>wa</strong>mba mitihani hii ndani<br />
yake wenyewe y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni sababu ya kuenea k<strong>wa</strong> kasi mno kazi<br />
za Ibn Taymiyyah. 73<br />
Kifo chake, Allaah Amshushie Rehema Zake juu yake<br />
Hatimaye p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>ipopig<strong>wa</strong> marufuku ku<strong>wa</strong> na kitabu chochote,<br />
karatasi au k<strong>al</strong>amu mnamo kwenye kipindi chake cha mwisho cha<br />
kifungo, Ibn Taymiyyah akajitolea muda <strong>wa</strong>ke wote katika<br />
kuabudu na kusoma Qur-aan. Alibakia katika h<strong>al</strong>i hii k<strong>wa</strong> kipindi<br />
kifupi hadi <strong>al</strong>ipoaga dunia mnamo mwezi ishirini Dhul-Qa’dah<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>ka <strong>wa</strong> 728H. Aliugua k<strong>wa</strong> siku chache ambazo zilipelekea<br />
kifo chake.<br />
Hili lilikuja ku<strong>wa</strong> ni mshituko mkub<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu na <strong>wa</strong>litoka nje<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> idadi kub<strong>wa</strong>.<br />
71 Barua ya Ibn Taymiyyah’s letters kutoka Jela.<br />
72 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong>n-Nihaayah, 14/54.<br />
73 Al-'Uquud ad-Durriyyah, uk. 283.<br />
54
Wanahistoria <strong>wa</strong>nakadiria k<strong>wa</strong>mba kifo hichi ni moja kati ya<br />
mazishi machache na <strong>wa</strong>lilinganisha na mazishi ya Imaam Ahmad<br />
Ibn Hanb<strong>al</strong>, Allaah Awe radhi naye.<br />
Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>ifariki kipindi <strong>al</strong>ichoku<strong>wa</strong> kifungoni, pamoja na<br />
hamaki kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Sultaan na p<strong>al</strong>e maulamaa na Suufiyah<br />
<strong>wa</strong>lipoku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kitaja mambo mengi kuhusiana naye. Hata hivyo,<br />
ukiachilia mb<strong>al</strong>i hayo, mazishi yake y<strong>al</strong>ishuhudi<strong>wa</strong> na wengi na<br />
y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni maarufu.<br />
Al-Bazzaar amesema:<br />
“Mara tu <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>liposikia kifo chake, hakuna mtu hata mmoja<br />
<strong>al</strong>iyetaka kuwepo Damascus ambaye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo <strong>wa</strong><br />
kuhudhuria s<strong>wa</strong>la na <strong>al</strong>itaka kubakia hadi <strong>al</strong>ipohudhuria na kutoa<br />
muda k<strong>wa</strong> ajili hiyo. Matokea yake, marikiti za Damascus<br />
zikafung<strong>wa</strong> na shughuli zote za kimaisha zikasimama. Magavana,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kuu, Wanachuoni, maulamaa <strong>wa</strong>litoka nje. W<strong>al</strong>isema k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
hakuna wingi <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu ulioacha kufika, k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> ufahamu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ngu – isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>tatu; wote <strong>wa</strong>kitambulika k<strong>wa</strong><br />
uadui <strong>wa</strong>o dhidi ya Ibn Taymiyyah, <strong>wa</strong>lijificha kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
kutokana na hofu ya maisha yao.” 74<br />
Ibn Kathiyr ametaja k<strong>wa</strong>mba naibu Sultaan hakuwepo na Taifa<br />
likajiinamia k<strong>wa</strong> lipi la kufanya. Kisha naibu <strong>wa</strong> jela akaja kutoa<br />
rambirambi zake na kukaa karibu na Ibn Taymiyyah.<br />
Ali<strong>wa</strong>fungulia njia k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le masahibu <strong>wa</strong> karibu na <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>penzi kuingia juu yake. Wakakaa pamoja naye, <strong>wa</strong>kilia na<br />
kumshukuru. 75 “Kisha <strong>wa</strong>kaanza kumuosha Shaykh…<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ka<strong>wa</strong>ruhusu <strong>wa</strong>le tu ambao <strong>wa</strong>liosaidia katika kuosha kubakia<br />
pamoja naye. Miongoni m<strong>wa</strong>o <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Mizziy na kundi la <strong>wa</strong>ongofu <strong>wa</strong>kuu na <strong>wa</strong>tu wema; <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong><br />
elimu na Iymaan… kisha <strong>wa</strong>katangulia pamoja naye kwenye<br />
Jaami’ <strong>al</strong>-Umawiy. Kuliku<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>tu wengi mbele ya janaazah,<br />
nyuma yake, k<strong>wa</strong> upande <strong>wa</strong> kulia na k<strong>wa</strong> upande <strong>wa</strong> kushoto.<br />
Hakuna isipoku<strong>wa</strong> Allaah <strong>al</strong>iyeweza ku<strong>wa</strong>hesabu, kisha mtu<br />
mmoja akapiga ukulele “Hivi ndivyo yanavyotaki<strong>wa</strong> majeneza ya<br />
Maimamu <strong>wa</strong> Kisunnah!” K<strong>wa</strong> hilo, <strong>wa</strong>tu, <strong>wa</strong>kaanza kulia… p<strong>al</strong>e<br />
74 Al-A'laam <strong>al</strong>-'Aliyyah, uk. 82-83.<br />
75 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/138.<br />
55
adhana ya adhuhuri ilipoadhini<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kas<strong>wa</strong>li hapo hapo dhidi ya<br />
mila zilizozoeleka. P<strong>al</strong>e <strong>wa</strong>lipom<strong>al</strong>iza kus<strong>wa</strong>li, naibu khatiyb<br />
akatoka – k<strong>wa</strong>ni khatiyb mkuu <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> hayupo na <strong>al</strong>ikuwepo<br />
Misri – na akaongoza s<strong>wa</strong>lah juu ya Ibn Taymiyyah… Kisha <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kamiminika kutoka kila pembe na milango yote ya Jaam’i… na<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kakusanyika katika soko la <strong>al</strong>-Khayl.” 76<br />
Katika ardhi iliyo <strong>wa</strong>zi, jeneza lake likaingiz<strong>wa</strong> chini na ndugu<br />
yake, ‘Abdur-Rahmaan, akaongoza s<strong>wa</strong>lah juu yake. Kisha jeneza<br />
lake likachukuli<strong>wa</strong> kaburini m<strong>wa</strong>ke na kuzik<strong>wa</strong> kwenye sehemu<br />
ya makaburi ya Suufiyah karibu na ndugu yake <strong>wa</strong> kiume,<br />
‘Abdullaah, Allaah A<strong>wa</strong>shushie rehema zake wote hao.<br />
Al-Bazzaar amesema:<br />
Kundi la <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>liokuwepo siku hiyo <strong>wa</strong>mekub<strong>al</strong>iana k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
<strong>wa</strong>lipoona idadi ya <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>lioms<strong>wa</strong>lia siku hiyo, hakuna<br />
<strong>wa</strong>si<strong>wa</strong>si wote k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> zaidi ya 500,000. Wata<strong>al</strong>amu<br />
<strong>wa</strong> historia <strong>wa</strong>nasema k<strong>wa</strong>mba ha<strong>wa</strong>kupata kusikia s<strong>wa</strong>lah ya<br />
mazishi ku<strong>wa</strong> ni kub<strong>wa</strong> kama hivi isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Imaam<br />
Ahmad bin Hanb<strong>al</strong> (Rahimahu Allaahu). 77 Hatimaye Shamsud-<br />
Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Waziyr akatokezea na kupelek<strong>wa</strong> p<strong>al</strong>e liliopo kaburi lake,<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> hakuwepo hapo kabla, hivyo yeye na magavana<br />
pamoja naye <strong>wa</strong>kams<strong>wa</strong>lia Ibn Taymiyyah.<br />
Hakuna jeneza amb<strong>al</strong>o limeonekana kuathiri hisia za <strong>wa</strong>tu katika<br />
heshima, ustahifu, ufakhari, uthamini, na shukrani kutoka k<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>tu, na yote haya ni kutokana na elimu yake, matendo, zuhd,<br />
76 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/138.<br />
77 Katika ‘<strong>al</strong>-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong>n-Nihaayah’ (14/130), Ibn Kathiyr amesema:<br />
“Ahmad bin Hamb<strong>al</strong> amesema: “Waambie <strong>wa</strong>zushi k<strong>wa</strong>mba baina yetu na<br />
yao ni mazishi,” na hakuna shaka yoyote k<strong>wa</strong>mba mazishi ya <strong>al</strong>-Imaam<br />
Ahmad y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>tu wengi na makub<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> namna na wingi <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
<strong>wa</strong> mji huo ulivyoku<strong>wa</strong>, na namna ya <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>livyojikusanya k<strong>wa</strong> ajili yake<br />
na kumuheshimu, na serik<strong>al</strong>i ikimpenda. Shaykh Taqiyud-Diyn amefariki<br />
ndani ya ardhi ya Damascus, na idadi ya <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>ke haikufikia karibu na ile<br />
ya Baghdad k<strong>wa</strong> ukub<strong>wa</strong>. Hata hivyo, <strong>wa</strong>lijikusanya k<strong>wa</strong> idadi ku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mazishi yake hadi kufikia k<strong>wa</strong>mba i<strong>wa</strong>po mta<strong>wa</strong>la angeli<strong>wa</strong>lazimisha <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
wote kutoka nje, <strong>wa</strong>singelifikia kutoka nje katika idadi kub<strong>wa</strong> kama<br />
ilivyoonekana siku hiyo, na haya yote ni k<strong>wa</strong> mtu <strong>al</strong>iyefariki ndani ya ngome<br />
ya jela k<strong>wa</strong> amri ya mta<strong>wa</strong>la.”<br />
56
ibada, ukataaji <strong>wa</strong> dunya, kushughulish<strong>wa</strong> na akhera, umasikini<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke, kuj<strong>al</strong>i, ukarimu, ujanadume, ustahamilivu, msimamo,<br />
ushujaa, uoni <strong>wa</strong> mb<strong>al</strong>i, ku<strong>wa</strong> mu<strong>wa</strong>zi katika kuzungumzia<br />
ukweli, ku<strong>wa</strong> mk<strong>al</strong>i dhidi ya maadui <strong>wa</strong> Allaah na Mtume Wake<br />
na Diyn Yake, ubinaadamu <strong>wa</strong>ke, taadhima, na heshima mbele ya<br />
awliya’ <strong>wa</strong> Allaah, kutotilia maanani mazuri ya dunia, hamu yake<br />
ya kupindukia k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya Akhera, na utafutaji <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> hiyo<br />
akhera usiochoka. Na utayasikia mambo haya na zaidi kutoka k<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>naume, <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>ke, na <strong>wa</strong>toto, na wote humsifu kutokana na<br />
vile <strong>wa</strong>livyoku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kimjua.<br />
Alizik<strong>wa</strong> siku hiyo (Allaah Awe radhi naye na Atuja<strong>al</strong>ie sisi<br />
kupati<strong>wa</strong> Baraka kama hizo k<strong>wa</strong> mara nyengine tena). Kisha <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kaanza kujikusanya kutoka vijiji na miji mb<strong>al</strong>imb<strong>al</strong>i <strong>wa</strong>ki<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
vipando ama k<strong>wa</strong> miguu kums<strong>wa</strong>lia k<strong>wa</strong> zamu juu ya kaburi lake,<br />
na kila habari za kifo chake zinapoifikia ardhi fulani, hums<strong>wa</strong>lia<br />
ndani ya misikiti yake yote, has<strong>wa</strong> ndani ya miji na vijiji vya Misri,<br />
Shaam, Iraaq, Tabriz, <strong>al</strong>-Basrah, n.k.<br />
Haya yote ni kutokana na namna <strong>wa</strong>livyohisi ku<strong>wa</strong> na deni mbele<br />
ya Shaykh (Allaah Amshushie rehema zake) k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong>ongoza<br />
kwenye ukweli na taratibu sahihi pamoja na ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi,<br />
ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> maandiko na elimu, has<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong> kanuni<br />
za Diyn. Allaah <strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>bariki <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> kaumu hii ambapo uzushi<br />
uliibuka ambao uliiu<strong>wa</strong> Sunnah, na idadi kub<strong>wa</strong> ya <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>lizama kwenye uzushi na haraam katika h<strong>al</strong>i ambayo<br />
ha<strong>wa</strong>kubutika kabisa! Na Allaah Aka<strong>wa</strong>bariki k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> naye<br />
kudhihirisha kanuni za Diyn na ukweli na imani sahihi k<strong>wa</strong>o, na<br />
h<strong>al</strong>ikadh<strong>al</strong>ika namna yake mahsusi ya ku<strong>wa</strong>kana <strong>wa</strong>zushi ambayo<br />
imebaki ku<strong>wa</strong> juu isiyopit<strong>wa</strong> katu. Yote haya y<strong>al</strong>ifany<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mdomo <strong>wa</strong>ke, k<strong>al</strong>amu yake, vitabu vyake, na kanuni <strong>al</strong>izojifunga<br />
nazo kuzifuata ambazo zilikub<strong>al</strong>iana na ukweli na maana h<strong>al</strong>isi,<br />
na pia u<strong>wa</strong>zi, maandiko mepesi na ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> kielimu<br />
<strong>al</strong>io<strong>wa</strong>silisha ambao hakuna filosofa hata mmoja au <strong>wa</strong>hoji<br />
<strong>wa</strong>liofikia karibu. Yote haya <strong>al</strong>iyafanya hadi <strong>al</strong>ipoku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo<br />
<strong>wa</strong> kuingiza uwezo <strong>wa</strong>ke wote na kumta<strong>wa</strong>la kila mzushi, na<br />
<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kuweka <strong>wa</strong>zi na kufuta kila dhana ambazo<br />
zilisimamish<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>kiomba kuzieneza. 78<br />
78 The Lofty Virtues of Ibn Taymiyyah, ukurasa <strong>wa</strong> 7.<br />
57
Tunamuomba Allaah amlipe yeye k<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>al</strong>ipo bora k<strong>wa</strong> niaba ya<br />
Uislamu na Waislamu, Ametukuka Yule ambaye amempa y<strong>al</strong>e<br />
<strong>al</strong>iyoku<strong>wa</strong> nayo, akampatia uongofu bora k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>iyoongoka<br />
nayo, na kumpatia yeye subira nzuri kabisa hadi kufariki k<strong>wa</strong>ke,<br />
na tunamuomba Allaah Awe Radhi naye, na Atupatie sisi na<br />
Waislamu wote maisha na kifo kinachoendana pamoja na Qur-aan<br />
na Yeye, na atuja<strong>al</strong>ie sisi kushikamana vilivyo na wote hao<br />
kwenye yote <strong>wa</strong>liyoku<strong>wa</strong> nayo, na tunamuomba Allaah Atuja<strong>al</strong>ie<br />
sisi na <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong> baada yake kunufaika na elimu yake.<br />
Mhuishaji 79<br />
SURA YA 8: HADHI NA CHEO<br />
Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni katika mstari <strong>wa</strong> mbele miongoni<br />
m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>huishaji [dini] <strong>wa</strong> kipindi hichi. K<strong>wa</strong> sababu changamoto<br />
zake k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati ule, <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> rika kama yake <strong>wa</strong>limtambua ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
ni murtadi na <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong>kamtupa jela mara kadhaa.<br />
Hata hivyo, Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni mkub<strong>wa</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke. Kiundani ni k<strong>wa</strong>mba amesoma Fiqh k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mujibu <strong>wa</strong> madhehebu ya Hanb<strong>al</strong>i lakini hakujifunga nayo sana.<br />
Alisoma vyanzo vya Shar’iah ya Kiislamu k<strong>wa</strong> undani <strong>wa</strong>ke na<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> mta<strong>al</strong>amu <strong>wa</strong> sayansi ya Kiislamu ambayo ikijulikana k<strong>wa</strong><br />
enzi zile. Zaidi ya hayo, <strong>al</strong>ipitia maandiko ya madhehebu<br />
mb<strong>al</strong>imb<strong>al</strong>i ambayo yamepotea kutoka kwenye Uislamu, <strong>al</strong>isoma<br />
vitabu vya dini ya Kikiristo, Kiyahudi na madhehebu mb<strong>al</strong>imb<strong>al</strong>i<br />
na <strong>al</strong>iandika k<strong>wa</strong> upana uchambuzi <strong>wa</strong>ke katika hayo yote.<br />
Ibn Taymiyyah pia <strong>al</strong>ichukua nafasi yake katika Jihaad dhidi ya<br />
Wamongoli ambao <strong>wa</strong>liiteka sehemu za mashariki na kaskazini<br />
m<strong>wa</strong> taifa la Abbasid na k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati ule <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> ni tishio k<strong>wa</strong><br />
Misri na Afrika Kaskazini.<br />
Wanafunzi <strong>wa</strong> bn Taymiyyah <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> miongoni m<strong>wa</strong><br />
Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Kiislamu k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>o na <strong>wa</strong>libeba<br />
79 Mabadiliko na Maendeleo ya Fiqhi ‘Evolution of Fiqh’ uk.144 cha Dr. Bil<strong>al</strong><br />
Philips<br />
58
k<strong>wa</strong> kizazi kinachofuata mabango [elimu] ya Ijtihaad na<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>rudisha katika vyanzo safi vya Uislamu <strong>al</strong>ivyovinyanyua<br />
yeye. Miongoni m<strong>wa</strong>o ni Ibn Qayyim, M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni mkub<strong>wa</strong><br />
katika nyanja za Fiqh na Hadiyth, adh-Dhahabiy, mta<strong>al</strong>amu katika<br />
uchambuzi <strong>wa</strong> Hadiyth na Ibn Kathiyr, mta<strong>al</strong>amu <strong>wa</strong> Tafsiyr,<br />
historia na Hadiyth.<br />
Allaah Alimfanya Yeye Ku<strong>wa</strong> ni Mtu <strong>wa</strong> Juu na Mpambanuzi<br />
<strong>wa</strong> Ukweli na Uongo 80<br />
Hili ni jambo amb<strong>al</strong>o pia likijulikana. Yeye (Allaah awe radhi<br />
naye) haku<strong>wa</strong> na kitabu hata kimoja au fat<strong>wa</strong> isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
<strong>al</strong>ichagua ndani yake maandiko mazito na ushahidi yakinifu juu<br />
ya yote, na akaingiza pia neno la ukweli pamoja na ushahidi<br />
mwingi <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi na ushahidi ambao yeyote atakayezipitia aki<strong>wa</strong><br />
na dhana safi, moyo <strong>wa</strong>ke utaku<strong>wa</strong> ubaridi k<strong>wa</strong> hizo na hatimaye<br />
utafungika k<strong>wa</strong>mba ni ukweli usio na shaka. Katika maandiko<br />
yake yote unaona k<strong>wa</strong>mba i<strong>wa</strong>po Hadiyth ni sahihi, moja k<strong>wa</strong><br />
moja anaichukua na anaifanyia kazi, na kuiweka mbele juu ya<br />
maoni ya M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni au Mujtahid yeyote.<br />
Mfuatiliaji asiyefungamana na upande wowote atagundua<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba maneno yake y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> yanaenda k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> Quraan<br />
na Sunnah, na <strong>wa</strong>la haendi kinyume na maneno yake k<strong>wa</strong><br />
maneno ya mtu mwengine, hata iki<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba mtu huyo awe<br />
vipi, na <strong>wa</strong>la haku<strong>wa</strong> na hofu ya mta<strong>wa</strong>la, mamlaka, mijeledi, au<br />
upanga k<strong>wa</strong> kufanya hivi, na <strong>wa</strong>la hatayatupa [maneno yake] k<strong>wa</strong><br />
maoni ya mtu mwengine yeyote. Alikamatana vyema kabisa k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mshiko <strong>wa</strong> kisa<strong>wa</strong>sa<strong>wa</strong>, akiifanyia kazi Maneno Yake Mtukufu:<br />
ُهودَُﻓ ٍءْﻲَﺷ ﻲِﻓ ُْْﻋَزﺎََﺗ نَِﻓ ۖ ُِْﻣ ِْﻣَﺄْﻟا ﻲِﻟوُأَو َلُﺳﻟا اُﻌَِأَو َـﻟا اُﻌَِأ اَُﻣ َﻳِﻟا ﺎَﻬﻳَأ ﺎَﻳ<br />
٥٩<br />
ﺎًﻳِوْﺄَﺗ َُْﺣَأَو ٌَْﺧ َِﻟَٰذ ۚ ِِﺧﺂْﻟا ِمَْْﻟاَو ِـﻟﺎِﺑ َنُِﻣُْﺗ ُُْآ نِإ ِلُﺳﻟا َو ِـﻟا ﻰَﻟِإ<br />
{“Enyi mlioamini! Mtiini Allaah na mtiini Mtume na wenye<br />
mamlaka juu yenu, <strong>wa</strong>lio katika nyie (Waislamu wenzenu). Na<br />
kama mkikhit<strong>al</strong>ifiana juu ya jambo lolote basi lirudisheni k<strong>wa</strong><br />
80 The Lofty Virtues of Ibn Taymiyyah, uk. 30.<br />
59
Allaah na Mtume, iki<strong>wa</strong> mnam<strong>wa</strong>mini Allaah na Siku ya<br />
Mwisho. Hiyo ndiyo kheri, nayo ina matokeo bora kabisa.”} 81<br />
Na:<br />
60<br />
١٠<br />
ۚ ِـﻟا ﻰَﻟِإ َُُُْﻓ ٍءْﻲَﺷ ِﻣ ِِﻓ ََُْْْﺧا ﺎَﻣَو<br />
{“Na (<strong>wa</strong>kumbushe <strong>wa</strong>tu) Mola <strong>wa</strong>ko <strong>al</strong>ipomwita (Nabii) Muusa,<br />
(Akam<strong>wa</strong>mbia); “Nenda k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>tu madh<strong>al</strong>imu”} 82<br />
Sikupatapo kusikia mtu yeyote <strong>al</strong>iyejulikana kama <strong>al</strong>ivyo yeye<br />
katika umakini <strong>wa</strong> h<strong>al</strong>i ya juu <strong>wa</strong> kufuata Qur-aan na Sunnah,<br />
jitihada zake katika kuzichambua maana zake, na matendo yake<br />
y<strong>al</strong>iegemea katika amri zake. Hakupatapo kupitia jambo amb<strong>al</strong>o<br />
Wanachuoni hapo kabla <strong>wa</strong>metoa hukumu isipoku<strong>wa</strong> yeye<br />
akichagua iliyo na nguvu na iliyo karibu na Qur-aan na Sunnah<br />
kutokana nazo. Allaah <strong>al</strong>imbariki k<strong>wa</strong> sifa hii, na akamfanya ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
ni mtu mwenye amri k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> enzi zake.<br />
Hii ilifikia h<strong>al</strong>i hadi k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>naotoka sehemu za mb<strong>al</strong>i<br />
kumtumia k<strong>wa</strong>ke yeye k<strong>wa</strong> fataa<strong>wa</strong> kuhusiana na h<strong>al</strong>i zao, na<br />
hu<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kimuuliza kuelezea k<strong>wa</strong> ajili yao utata <strong>wa</strong>lioku<strong>wa</strong> nao<br />
kuhusiana na hili na lile. Hivyo, hu<strong>wa</strong>tuliza nyoyo zao k<strong>wa</strong><br />
majibu yenye kutosheleza, yanayoshikika, na mara zote<br />
huegemeza msimamo <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> uthibitisho ulio <strong>wa</strong>zi kutoka k<strong>wa</strong><br />
maelezo h<strong>al</strong><strong>al</strong>i ya Wanachuoni, hadi k<strong>wa</strong>mba mtu yeyote mwenye<br />
uoni, elimu, na haya <strong>al</strong>iyeacha utashi <strong>wa</strong>ke na kukutana nazo<br />
huzikub<strong>al</strong>i, na ukweli hu<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong>o.<br />
I<strong>wa</strong>po mtu atasikika kumpinga au kuvamia heshima yake, mara<br />
zote hutokezea ku<strong>wa</strong> hao ni <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>naotambulikana na <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
wengi ku<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>wa</strong>tendaji maovu, na yeyote anayependa<br />
kuthibitisha haya ninayosema, m<strong>wa</strong>che aang<strong>al</strong>ie k<strong>wa</strong> jicho la uoni,<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>ni hatoona M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni kutoka ardhi yoyote anayemfuata<br />
Imamu huyu na kutambua sifa na uongozi <strong>al</strong>iotunuki<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
Allaah, na humsifu k<strong>wa</strong> kila mkusanyiko isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
katika nyuma ya kila M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>wa</strong>o ni <strong>wa</strong>fuasi <strong>wa</strong>korofi <strong>wa</strong><br />
81 An-Nisaa: 59<br />
82 Ash-Shuuraa: 10
Qur-aan na Sunnah, na wenye kushughulish<strong>wa</strong> [na dunia] katika<br />
ku[to]itafuta Akhera na [inga<strong>wa</strong>] ni wenye kuitaka, na <strong>wa</strong>o ni<br />
wenye kuwepo mb<strong>al</strong>i kutokana na ukwepaji au ku<strong>wa</strong> na ujinga<br />
nayo.<br />
Vivyo hivyo, hutopata kuona M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni hata mmoja<br />
akimpinga yeye na kuchukuli<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> uadui isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba ni<br />
mwenye bidii miongoni m<strong>wa</strong>o katika kuzitafuta lah<strong>wa</strong> za dunya,<br />
na ni <strong>wa</strong> juu <strong>wa</strong>o katika kujionesha na kutafuta sifa, na ni <strong>wa</strong><br />
mwisho <strong>wa</strong> ustaarabu katika tabia njema, mwenye kushirikiana na<br />
<strong>wa</strong>nyanyasaji katika majaribio yao, na mwenye pupa miongoni<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>o kusema uongo. Ukiang<strong>al</strong>ia <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>lioku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kimpenda<br />
na <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>siompenda kuanzia k<strong>wa</strong> asiyeju<strong>wa</strong> [hata] kusoma,<br />
utaona <strong>wa</strong>o k<strong>wa</strong>mba ku<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>wa</strong>adilifu kama vile nilivyoyaelezea<br />
hayo makundi mawili ya Wanachuoni hapo juu. Nimejaribu<br />
kuonesha na kufikiria k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e niliyosema hapo juu, na<br />
nimegundua k<strong>wa</strong>mba ni has<strong>wa</strong> kabisa kama nilivyoeleza.<br />
Naapa k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah, sitoacha mbele ya yeyote kuzungumza haya,<br />
na yeyote mwenye shaka k<strong>wa</strong> ninayosema, basi na ajifikirie yeye<br />
mwenyewe na ataona k<strong>wa</strong>mba y<strong>al</strong>e ninayosema i<strong>wa</strong>po<br />
atajiondolea ufuniko <strong>wa</strong> shaha<strong>wa</strong> zake. Hii sio kesi isipoku<strong>wa</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong> sababu Allaah Ametambua usafi makini <strong>wa</strong> Imamu huyu, na<br />
ukweli na kujitolea k<strong>wa</strong>ke katika kutafuta Ridhaa za Mola <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
na kuifuata Sunnah ya Mtume Wake (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong><br />
a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam). 83<br />
Hadhi Yake Miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> Enzi Zake<br />
Shaykhul-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na hadhi bora miongoni<br />
m<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> enzi zake. Hii ni kutokana na sababu nyingi,<br />
kama vile uwezo <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> kusa<strong>wa</strong>zisha mambo ambayo yenye<br />
utata k<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni wengine <strong>wa</strong> enzi zake, kama vile su<strong>al</strong>a la<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>piga vita Matartar na su<strong>al</strong>a la utajiri uliotoka k<strong>wa</strong> baadhi ya<br />
83 Kama ilivyotaj<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh <strong>al</strong>-Bazzaar ndani ya kitabu cha The Lofty<br />
Virtues of Ibn Taymiyyah, uk. 30.<br />
61
madhehebu ya Maraafidhah. 84 Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iyapigia mbizi<br />
masu<strong>al</strong>a haya na kuyatolea ufafanuzi k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu.<br />
Mnamo m<strong>wa</strong>ka 701H, Myahudi mmoja kutoka Khaybar akidai<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na barua kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Mjumbe <strong>wa</strong> Allaah (S<strong>wa</strong>lla<br />
Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam), ambayo iliharibu [hukumu<br />
sahihi ya] Jizyah ambayo Mayahudi <strong>wa</strong>lilazimika kuilipa k<strong>wa</strong><br />
Waislamu. Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iweka bayana uongo <strong>wa</strong>ke na kuipitia<br />
mapungufu yake na kuitoa thamani barua hiyo kutokana na<br />
maelekezo ya Hadiyth na pia k<strong>wa</strong> kuegemezea elimu ya historia. 85<br />
Wakati huo huo, Ibn Taymiyyah aki<strong>wa</strong> jela mjini Cairo, Ibn<br />
Kathiyr anataja: “Masu<strong>al</strong>a ya kisheria y<strong>al</strong>iyo magumu y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong><br />
yakilet<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>ke kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> magavana na <strong>wa</strong>tu mahsusi, ambayo<br />
Maulamaa <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> ha<strong>wa</strong>wezi kuyafanyia kazi, na yeye huyajibu<br />
kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Kitabu na Sunnah katika namna ambayo akili<br />
huwek<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi.” 86<br />
Sababu nyengine ni nafasi yake katika Jihaad; <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> sio tu<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba ni askari mwenye nguvu lakini pia mueleweshaji na<br />
muongozaji. Alifuat<strong>wa</strong> baadaye kutoa ushauri na mikakati ya<br />
kivita.<br />
La muhimu zaidi, moja kati ya sababu kuu zilizoku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />
msuku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> kuhodhi nafasi bora kabisa miongoni m<strong>wa</strong><br />
Wanachuoni na <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>naofanana naye ni uwezo <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong><br />
kuelezea elimu. P<strong>al</strong>e anapotoa mhadhara; anapofikisha<br />
mazungumzo; anapotoa hukumu ya kisheria; anapoandika barua<br />
au kuandika kitabu katika nyanja yoyote, huz<strong>al</strong>isha ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo cha<br />
elimu ambacho kipo mb<strong>al</strong>i kabisa na ku<strong>wa</strong>shinda Wanachuoni<br />
wengine <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke. Hii ndio sababu ya Ibn Taymiyyah<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> ni sehemu ya rejeo miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu. Popote <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>wili <strong>wa</strong>napokutana na mgogoro kuhusiana na su<strong>al</strong>a – na<br />
huenda <strong>wa</strong>ka<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>wa</strong>tu wenye elimu na <strong>wa</strong>nafunzi mfano <strong>wa</strong><br />
hao kama ilivyoonekana kwenye baadhi ya masu<strong>al</strong>a – ma<strong>wa</strong>zo<br />
yake hu<strong>wa</strong> ndio sababu ya masa<strong>wa</strong>zisho.<br />
84 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/78.<br />
85 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/19<br />
86 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/46.<br />
62
Namna Wanachuoni W<strong>al</strong>ivyomsifu 87<br />
Wanachuoni wengi <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke na baada ya <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
<strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kimsifu Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam k<strong>wa</strong> elimu yake, ikhlasi<br />
yake, haya, na kufuata k<strong>wa</strong> ukaribu namna za S<strong>al</strong>af. Matamko<br />
mengi katika haya ya kumsifia yamekusany<strong>wa</strong> ndani ya kitabu<br />
kilichoandik<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Ibn Naasir ad-Diyn kilichope<strong>wa</strong> jina<br />
la ‘Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir’ kikikana dai lililochupa mpaka, lile amb<strong>al</strong>o<br />
linadai kusema k<strong>wa</strong>mba Ibn Taymiyyah, ‘Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam’,<br />
haku<strong>wa</strong> na imani.<br />
Baadhi ya maneno haya ya kumsifia na matamko ya kumkub<strong>al</strong>i<br />
Imaam huyu hayakuja tu kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>ke na <strong>wa</strong>fuasi<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke, lakini pia kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> maadui zake <strong>wa</strong>liotoa thibati<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba amevuka ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo cha elimu na ufahamu, na<br />
h<strong>al</strong>ikadh<strong>al</strong>ika <strong>wa</strong>metoa ushuhuda <strong>wa</strong> jitihada yake, ukarimu na<br />
Jihaad yake k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya Allaah na k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya kuutetea Uislamu.<br />
Yanafuatia baadhi ya maneno haya ya kumsifia na kumtamkia:<br />
• Shaykh Ibn Naaswir <strong>al</strong>-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Dimashqi ameandika kitabu<br />
kiit<strong>wa</strong>cha <strong>al</strong>-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir ‘<strong>al</strong>a man za’ama anna man sammaa Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam kaafir, ambacho ndani yake amekana<br />
Mahanafi <strong>wa</strong>liokithirisha na <strong>wa</strong>liodai k<strong>wa</strong>mba hairuhusiki<br />
kumuita Ibn Taymiyyah “Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam”, na k<strong>wa</strong>mba yule<br />
ambaye atafanya hivyo ataku<strong>wa</strong> ni kaafir. Ndani yake [kitabu<br />
hichi] anataja Maimamu themanini na tano (85), wote ambao<br />
<strong>wa</strong>memtaja Ibn Taymiyyah kama ni Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam, na<br />
kunukuu maneno yao kutoka kwenye vitabu vyao k<strong>wa</strong> athari<br />
hiyo. P<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Ibn Hajar (Allaah Amshushie rehema<br />
zake) <strong>al</strong>iposoma kitabu hichi – <strong>al</strong>-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir – <strong>al</strong>ikiandikia<br />
utangulizi, ambao <strong>al</strong>isema:<br />
Shukrani zote ni za Allaah, amani iwe juu ya <strong>wa</strong>tum<strong>wa</strong> Wake<br />
na ambao Ame<strong>wa</strong>chagua.<br />
87 Imechukuli<strong>wa</strong> kutoka,<br />
http://www.<strong>al</strong>laahuakbar.net/scholars/Ibn_taymiyyah/Shaykh_<strong>al</strong><strong>islaam</strong>.htm<br />
ya Abu Rumaysah.<br />
63
Nimekutana na kitabu hichi chenye manufaa na kugundua<br />
namna elimu ya ndani ya Imaam <strong>al</strong>iyoandika, na namna <strong>al</strong>ivyo<br />
mahiri katika matawi mengi ya elimu, hadi kufikia ku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni mkub<strong>wa</strong> mwenye kuheshimika na kusifika k<strong>wa</strong><br />
Wanachuoni. Nafasi yake maarufu <strong>al</strong>iyoku<strong>wa</strong> nayo Shaykh<br />
Taqiyud-Diyn kama ni Imaam, ni yenye kuangaza kuliko jua,<br />
na jina lake kama ni Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
limeendelea kubakia hadi leo na litaendelea kubakia hadi<br />
kesho. Hakuna anayekataa hilo isipoku<strong>wa</strong> yule <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />
mjinga <strong>wa</strong> nafasi yake mwenyewe, au asiye ku<strong>wa</strong> muadilifu. Ni<br />
namna gani ataku<strong>wa</strong> mkosefu yule anayefikiria hivyo na k<strong>wa</strong><br />
namna gani ataku<strong>wa</strong> amekwenda mrama. Allaah ni Mmoja<br />
Ambaye tunamuomba kutulinda sisi kutokana na maovu ya<br />
nafsi zetu na ndimi zetu k<strong>wa</strong> Baraka zake na uongofu. I<strong>wa</strong>po<br />
kungeliku<strong>wa</strong> hakuna ushahidi mwengine <strong>wa</strong> hadhi kuu ya mtu<br />
huyu isipoku<strong>wa</strong> kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e y<strong>al</strong>iyoeleze<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh<br />
ash-Shahiyr ‘Ilm <strong>al</strong>-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Barza<strong>al</strong>iy ndani ya Taariykh, (p<strong>al</strong>e<br />
<strong>al</strong>iposema):<br />
“Kuliku<strong>wa</strong> hakuna mtu ndani ya historia ya Uislamu ambaye<br />
maziko yake <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>likusanyika kama <strong>wa</strong>livyofanya k<strong>wa</strong><br />
maziko ya Shaykh Taqiyud-Diyn. Ameweka bayana k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
maziko ya Imaam Ahmad y<strong>al</strong>ihudhuri<strong>wa</strong> na mamia k<strong>wa</strong><br />
maelfu, lakini idadi ya Damascus iliku<strong>wa</strong> in<strong>al</strong>ingana na ya<br />
Baghdad, au zaidi ya idadi kub<strong>wa</strong>, hakuna mtu ambaye<br />
angejaribu kukaa mb<strong>al</strong>i ya maziko yake. Zaidi ya hivyo, wote<br />
ambao <strong>wa</strong>likuwepo Baghdad, isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>chache,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kiamini katika uongozi <strong>wa</strong> Imaam Ahmad. Mta<strong>wa</strong>la na<br />
Kh<strong>al</strong>iyfah <strong>wa</strong> Baghdad k<strong>wa</strong> kipindi hicho <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na nafasi<br />
kub<strong>wa</strong> ya mapenzi na heshima k<strong>wa</strong>ke. Hii ni tofauti na kesi ya<br />
Ibn Taymiyyah, k<strong>wa</strong> mta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong> mji kutokuwepo <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong><br />
kifo chake, na mafuqaha <strong>wa</strong>lio wengi ndani ya mji huo<br />
<strong>wa</strong>lijitengea kikundi dhidi yake, na <strong>al</strong>ikufa aki<strong>wa</strong> kifungoni<br />
ndani ya ngome. Lakini juu ya yote, hakuna <strong>al</strong>iyekaa mb<strong>al</strong>i ya<br />
maziko yake au kushind<strong>wa</strong> kumtakia rehema yeye na<br />
kuomboleza, isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>tatu <strong>wa</strong>liokaa mb<strong>al</strong>i k<strong>wa</strong><br />
hofu ya hamaki za <strong>wa</strong>tu wengi.<br />
Inga<strong>wa</strong> idadi hizi kub<strong>wa</strong> zilifika mazikoni, kuliku<strong>wa</strong> hakuna<br />
msukumo k<strong>wa</strong> hilo isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mtu<br />
64
mkub<strong>wa</strong> na hamu yao ya kutaka Baraka k<strong>wa</strong> kuhudhuria<br />
maziko yake. Ha<strong>wa</strong>kujikusanya k<strong>wa</strong> amri za <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la au k<strong>wa</strong><br />
sababu nyengine yoyote. Imesimuli<strong>wa</strong> kutoka kwenye simulizi<br />
sahihi k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mtume (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong><br />
s<strong>al</strong>lam) amesema: “Nyinyi ndio mashahidi <strong>wa</strong> Allaah juu ya<br />
ardhi” – imepoke<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>al</strong>-Bukhaariy na Muslim.<br />
Idadi kadhaa ya Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>kimpinga Shaykh Taqiyud-<br />
Diyn k<strong>wa</strong> mara nyingi, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya hoja za kupingana naye<br />
ambazo ziliendana na masu<strong>al</strong>a makuu na madogo. Kesi nyingi<br />
zilifunguli<strong>wa</strong> dhidi yake mjini Cairo na Damascus, lakini<br />
hakuna ripoti inayosema k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni kafiri na<br />
kuliku<strong>wa</strong> hakuna hukumu inayosema k<strong>wa</strong>mba auawe, inga<strong>wa</strong><br />
kuliku<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>tu wengi ndani ya serik<strong>al</strong>i k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati huo<br />
<strong>wa</strong>lioku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kimpinga k<strong>wa</strong> nguvu zao zote, na <strong>al</strong>ifung<strong>wa</strong> jena<br />
mjini Cairo, kisha baadaye Alexandria. Juu ya yote hayo, wote<br />
<strong>wa</strong>liikub<strong>al</strong>i elimu yake pana na haya zake za ndani kabisa na<br />
ikhlasi yake, na <strong>wa</strong>kimtambua kama ni mkarimu na mwenye<br />
juhudi, h<strong>al</strong>ikadh<strong>al</strong>ika kuutetea Uislamu na ku<strong>wa</strong>ita <strong>wa</strong>tu k<strong>wa</strong><br />
Allaah k<strong>wa</strong> siri na dhahiri. Ni k<strong>wa</strong>nini tusimdumaze yule<br />
anayesema k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni kaafir au yule anayemuita<br />
Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam ni kaafir, <strong>wa</strong>kati hakuna kitu chochote<br />
kinachoonesha kufr k<strong>wa</strong> kumuita hivyo?<br />
Hapana shaka yoyote k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni Shaykh <strong>wa</strong> Uislamu,<br />
na masu<strong>al</strong>a <strong>al</strong>iyoyapinga y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> sio vitu ambavyo amesema<br />
kutegemeana na matak<strong>wa</strong> na mapenzi yake, na <strong>wa</strong>la<br />
hakusisitiza kuvizungumzia baada ya ushahidi uliofafanuli<strong>wa</strong><br />
dhidi ya <strong>wa</strong>korofi. Vitabu vyake vimejaz<strong>wa</strong> na hoja za<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>kana <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>liohamasisha elimu isiyoyastaarabika na<br />
yeye ku<strong>wa</strong>kataa. Lakini hata hivyo, yeye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>naadamu ambaye akifanya makosa na [mengine] kupata<br />
sahihi. Y<strong>al</strong>e ambavyo <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni sahihi – ambayo ni mengi,<br />
yanaweza ku<strong>wa</strong> na manufaa, na tunaweza kumuombea rehma<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>ke kutokana na hayo, na y<strong>al</strong>e ambayo amekosea basi<br />
yasifuatwe, lakini anaweza kutole<strong>wa</strong> udhuru k<strong>wa</strong> hilo, k<strong>wa</strong><br />
sababu Maimamu <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong>meshuhudia k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na kila sifa ya kuifanyia kazi Ijtihaad; hata yule ambaye<br />
anampinga k<strong>wa</strong> nguvu zote na kujitahidi kumsababishia<br />
madhara, akiit<strong>wa</strong> Shaykh Kama<strong>al</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Zam<strong>al</strong>kaaniy,<br />
65
ameshuhudia juu ya hilo, kama <strong>al</strong>ivyofanya Shaykh Sadrud-<br />
Diyn Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Wakiyl, ambaye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> peke yake <strong>al</strong>iyeweza<br />
kufanya mjad<strong>al</strong>a pamoja na Ibn Taymiyyah.<br />
W<strong>al</strong>a haishangazi k<strong>wa</strong>mba mtu huyu <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> mpinzani<br />
<strong>al</strong>iyeamini<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zushi kama vile Raafidhi, Huluulis na<br />
Ittihaadi, ambao maandiko juu ya hilo ni mengi na maarufu,<br />
ambayo fat<strong>wa</strong> zao kuhusiana nao ni mengi kuweza kuyahesabu.<br />
Ni namna gani <strong>wa</strong>ngeliku<strong>wa</strong> na furaha kutambua k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
kuna <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>naomtuhumu k<strong>wa</strong> kufuru na kusema k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
yule asiyemtambua ku<strong>wa</strong> ni kafiri basi ni kafiri. Yule <strong>al</strong>iyedai<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> na elimu, i<strong>wa</strong>po ana sababu ama hisia, basi na apigie<br />
mbizi maneno ya mtu huyo ndani ya vitabu vyake, au kusikia<br />
kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>simulizi <strong>wa</strong>aminifu na <strong>wa</strong>kweli, ili k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
aweke mb<strong>al</strong>i y<strong>al</strong>e anayoyaona ku<strong>wa</strong> ni pingamizi na ku<strong>wa</strong>onya<br />
wengine k<strong>wa</strong> njia ya ukweli, na kumsifia k<strong>wa</strong> masu<strong>al</strong>a<br />
<strong>al</strong>iyoku<strong>wa</strong> sahihi, kama vile tabia ya Wanachuoni wengine<br />
<strong>wa</strong>livyoku<strong>wa</strong>. I<strong>wa</strong>po hakuna sifa yoyote nzuri ndani yake yeye<br />
isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni m<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong><br />
Shaykh Shamsudi-Diyn Ibn Qayyim <strong>al</strong>-Jawziyyah, m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi<br />
<strong>wa</strong> vitabu vingi vyenye manufaa, ambavyo kila mtu<br />
amenufaika navyo, basi hilo linatosha kuonesha nafasi yake ya<br />
juu, je ni k<strong>wa</strong> namna gani p<strong>al</strong>e uweledi <strong>wa</strong>ke ndani ya nyanja<br />
tofauti za elimu na usomaji <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> kipekee <strong>wa</strong> maandiko<br />
ulivyothibitish<strong>wa</strong> na Mashaafiy <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> enzi zake na<br />
wengineo, na zaidi k<strong>wa</strong> Mahanb<strong>al</strong>i?<br />
Hakuna haja ya kutilia maanani k<strong>wa</strong> yule anayemuita ku<strong>wa</strong> yeye<br />
ni kafiri juu ya mafanikio yote, au yule anayemtambua ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
anayemuita “Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam” ku<strong>wa</strong> ni kafiri, na k<strong>wa</strong> namna<br />
fulani adharauliwe k<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong> jambo hili; k<strong>wa</strong> hakika<br />
ajibiwe k<strong>wa</strong> namna ya kumkana kutokana na kusema hivyo, hadi<br />
p<strong>al</strong>e atakaporudi katika ukweli. Allaah anazungumza ukweli na<br />
Ana<strong>wa</strong>ongoa <strong>wa</strong>tu katika njia sahihi; Allaah Anatutoa sisi na Yeye<br />
ndie bora <strong>wa</strong> kuyaharibu mambo. 88<br />
88 (Imesem<strong>wa</strong> na kuandik<strong>wa</strong> na Ahmad Ibn ‘Aliy Ibn Muhammad Ibn Hajar<br />
ash-Shafi’iy, Allaah Amsamehe, siku ya Ijumaa ya mwezi 9 <strong>wa</strong> Rabiy’ <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Aw<strong>wa</strong>l, m<strong>wa</strong>ka 835H. Shukrani zote ni za Allaah, na tunamuomba Allaah<br />
amtumie s<strong>al</strong>a na s<strong>al</strong>amu juu ya Mjumbe <strong>wa</strong>ke Muhammad na familia yake.)<br />
66
Al-Haafidh Ibn Hajar 89 amesema vitu vichache katika sehemu<br />
tofauti kuhusiana na Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah, ambaye<br />
amethibitisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mtu <strong>wa</strong> elimu na mwema<br />
<strong>al</strong>iyeihami Sunnah. Nukta ambazo <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Ibn Hajar<br />
(Rahimahu Allaahu) amempinga Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam zinaweza<br />
kufut<strong>wa</strong>, na kuna <strong>wa</strong>le ambao <strong>wa</strong>mempinga Ibn Hajar yeye<br />
mwenyewe katika baadhi ya nukta za ‘Aqiydah. Isipoku<strong>wa</strong><br />
tutanukuu y<strong>al</strong>e ambayo amesema kumsifia Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam, k<strong>wa</strong><br />
minaajili ya kuweka bayana makosa ya <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naosema k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
<strong>al</strong>-Haafidh (Rahimahu Allaahu) haku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye<br />
kumuheshimu Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah.<br />
Kinachofuatia ni kuang<strong>al</strong>ia k<strong>wa</strong> juu juu y<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>iyosema <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh<br />
Ibn Hajar (Rahimahu Allaahu) kuhusiana na Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah (Rahimahu Allaahu)<br />
• <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Ibn Hajar ameandika <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> mrefu <strong>wa</strong> Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah (Rahimahu Allaahu) ndani ya kitabu<br />
chake cha <strong>al</strong>-Durar <strong>al</strong>-Kaaminah, m<strong>wa</strong>nzoni amesema:<br />
Baba yake amemchukua kutoka Harraan ndani ya m<strong>wa</strong>ka 667<br />
AH, na akajifunza kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> ‘Abd <strong>al</strong>-Daa’im, <strong>al</strong>-Qaasim <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Arbili, Muslim Ibn ‘Allaan Ibn Abi ‘Umar na <strong>al</strong>-Fakhr,<br />
miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> baadhi tu. Amesoma mwenyewe na kunukuu<br />
Sunan Abi Dawuud, na kusoma <strong>al</strong>-rija<strong>al</strong> (<strong>wa</strong>simulizi <strong>wa</strong> Hadiyth)<br />
na <strong>al</strong>-il<strong>al</strong> (makosa ndani ya Hadiyth). Amepata elimu ya ndani<br />
kabisa, na akajitofautisha na kwenda mbele zaidi ya wengine.<br />
Ameandika vitabu, kusomesha na kutoa fat<strong>wa</strong>, na ame<strong>wa</strong>shinda<br />
wenziwe. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo <strong>wa</strong> ajabu <strong>wa</strong> kukusanya tena<br />
mara moja; <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na jitihada; <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na elimu ya ndani<br />
katika masu<strong>al</strong>a ya maandiko na hoja; na <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo <strong>wa</strong><br />
Al-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir cha Imaam Ibn Naasirid-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Dimashqiy (uk. 145, 146),<br />
<strong>al</strong>-Haafidh <strong>al</strong>-Sakhaawiy – m<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong> Ibn Hajar – amenukuu maneno ya<br />
Shaykh <strong>wa</strong>ke ndani ya kitabu chake cha <strong>al</strong>-Ja<strong>wa</strong>ahir <strong>wa</strong>l-Durar (2/734-736).<br />
89 Al-Haafidh Ibn Hajar <strong>al</strong>-‘Asq<strong>al</strong>aaniy ni Imaamu maarufu <strong>al</strong>iyefariki mnamo<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>ka 852AH; ambaye ni m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi <strong>wa</strong> vitabu vyenye manufaa kama vile<br />
Fat-h <strong>al</strong>-Baariy Sharh S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh <strong>al</strong>-Bukhaariy, <strong>al</strong>-T<strong>al</strong>khiys <strong>al</strong>-Habiyr, Tahdhiyb at-<br />
Tahdhiyb na vyenginevyo.<br />
67
kujadili masu<strong>al</strong>a k<strong>wa</strong> undani k<strong>wa</strong> kuegemea maoni ya<br />
Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nzo <strong>wa</strong> baadaye. 90<br />
• Ibn Hajar amenukuu ndani ya <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke maandiko mengi ya<br />
Maimamu <strong>wa</strong>liomsifia Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam (Rahimahu Allaahu)<br />
na kuuthibitsha usomi <strong>wa</strong>ke katika hoja na nyanja za maandiko<br />
ya elimu. K<strong>wa</strong> mfano, amesema:<br />
“Nimesoma katika maandishi ya <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh S<strong>al</strong>aahud-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-<br />
‘Alaa’iy p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>ipoandika kuhusu <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Shaykh <strong>wa</strong> ma<br />
Shaykh, <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Bahaaud-Diyn ‘Abdullaah Ibn Muhammad<br />
Ibn Kh<strong>al</strong>ily, yafuatayo: Bahaaud-Diyn huyu amejifunza kutoka<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> Ma<strong>shaykh</strong> <strong>wa</strong>wili, Shaykh wetu, na mta<strong>al</strong>amu na kiongozi<br />
<strong>wa</strong> njia ya Allaah, Shaykh mkub<strong>wa</strong>, yule anayeongoza <strong>wa</strong>fuasi<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke katika njia bora, yule ambaye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na sifa karimu<br />
nyingi na ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> nguvu, ambao mataifa yote<br />
<strong>wa</strong>nathibitisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba ha<strong>wa</strong>taweza kuorodhesha ushahidi<br />
wote huu; Mola Atuja<strong>al</strong>ie na sisi kusoma kutoka kwenye elimu<br />
yake kub<strong>wa</strong> na kunufaika nayo sisi k<strong>wa</strong> njia za elimu yake<br />
ndani ya dunia hii na Akhera. Huyo ni Shaykh, Imaam,<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni, m<strong>wa</strong>limu, nyota inayo ngara, Imaam <strong>wa</strong><br />
Maimamu, Baraka ya Ummah, kiongozi <strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni, mfano<br />
<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu kuufuata, m<strong>wa</strong>ngaza <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>somi, mnyanyasaji <strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>zushi, bahri ya elimu, hazina ya <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naotafuta manufaa,<br />
mfasiri <strong>wa</strong> Qur-aan, maajabu ya <strong>wa</strong>kati wetu, asiyeshind<strong>wa</strong><br />
[k<strong>wa</strong> hoja sahihi] k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati wetu, Taqiyud-Diyn, Imaam <strong>wa</strong><br />
Waislamu, ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> Allaah dhidi ya dunia, ni mmoja <strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>naojumuika na <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> kweli, mfuataji <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>liopita<br />
kabla yake, mwenye kuukub<strong>al</strong>i ukweli, <strong>al</strong>ama ya uongofu,<br />
muhifadhi <strong>wa</strong> juu, mwenye hadhi ya juu ya kuzungumza k<strong>wa</strong><br />
ufasaha, nguzo ya Shari’ah, mwenye kuhodhi elimu bora kabisa,<br />
Abul-‘Abbaas Ibn Taymiyyah.” 91<br />
Inga<strong>wa</strong> hayo maandiko niliyoyanukuu au kuyarejea, yana maneno<br />
ya <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Ibn Hajar (Rahimahu Allaahu) au ambayo<br />
yamenukuli<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> wengine, kuzungumzia<br />
heshima ya Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam na kuweka bayana hadhi yake ndani<br />
ya nyanja ya elimu za Diyn, k<strong>wa</strong>mba haimaanishi ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>-<br />
90 Ad-Durar <strong>al</strong>-Kaaminah fi A’yaan <strong>al</strong>-Mi’ah <strong>al</strong>-Thaaminah (1/168).<br />
91 Ad-Durar <strong>al</strong>-Kaaminah (186-187).<br />
68
Haafidh hakupingana na Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam hata kidogo ndani ya<br />
baadhi ya maeneo ya elimu, au k<strong>wa</strong>mba hakupatapo kumpinga<br />
[kielimu], k<strong>wa</strong> sababu kika<strong>wa</strong>ida inatokezea k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni mmoja hupingana na mwengine, bila ya ulazima<br />
<strong>wa</strong> kumaanisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba yule anayepingana na mwengine<br />
hamuheshimu au hakub<strong>al</strong>iana na hadhi ya huyo mwengine,<br />
achilia mb<strong>al</strong>i kumtuhumu k<strong>wa</strong> uzushi au upotofu. Hapo zamani,<br />
Imaam Ma<strong>al</strong>ik (Rahimahu Allaahu) <strong>al</strong>izungumza maneno yake<br />
maarufu: “Maoni ya mtu yeyote yanaweza kukub<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> au<br />
kukat<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>, isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> yule anayeshughulish<strong>wa</strong> na kaburi<br />
hili” au maneno yenye maana kama hiyo – k<strong>wa</strong> maana ya Mjumbe<br />
<strong>wa</strong> Allaah (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam).<br />
Bila ya kuj<strong>al</strong>i nani <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> sahihi katika su<strong>al</strong>a fulani, i<strong>wa</strong>po<br />
<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam au yule ambaye anatofautiana naye<br />
au amejaribu kupingana naye, <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Ibn Hajar au mtu<br />
mwengine yeyote, itaku<strong>wa</strong>je i<strong>wa</strong>po yule <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong> sahihi katika<br />
masu<strong>al</strong>a mengi ambayo <strong>wa</strong>napingana naye, ni Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam?<br />
(Rahimahu Allaahu) 92<br />
• Imaam adh-Dhahabiy (Rahimahu Allaahu) amesema,<br />
akiorodhesha ma<strong>shaykh</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke:<br />
Ni Shaykh wetu, Shaykh <strong>wa</strong> Uislamu, asiyeshind<strong>wa</strong> [na mtu]<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati wetu katika masu<strong>al</strong>a ya kielimu, juhudi, ufahamu,<br />
umahiri <strong>wa</strong> kiroho, ukarimu, ukweli mbele ya Ummah,<br />
uamrishaji mema na ukatazaji mabaya, na usomaji <strong>wa</strong> Hadiyth –<br />
ametumia jitihada zake kub<strong>wa</strong> katika kuitafuta na kuiweka<br />
katika maandishi, na amepitia aina ya <strong>wa</strong>simulizi tofauti na<br />
kuipata elimu ambayo hakuna mtu mwengine <strong>al</strong>iyeipata.<br />
92 Masu<strong>al</strong>a mengi ambayo Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam ameku<strong>wa</strong> akiping<strong>wa</strong>, has<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
Ibn Hajar <strong>al</strong>-Haythamiy, ambaye tumemtaja hapo juu, zinaweza kueleze<strong>wa</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba ni zile ambazo zimeandik<strong>wa</strong> na Shaykh Nu’maan Khayr <strong>al</strong>-Diyn Ibn<br />
<strong>al</strong>-Aluusiy (Rahimahu Allaahu) ndani ya kitabu chake chenye manufaa cha<br />
J<strong>al</strong>a’ <strong>al</strong>-‘Aynayn fi Muhaakamah <strong>al</strong>-Ahmadayn, k<strong>wa</strong> maana ya Ahmad Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah na Ahmad Ibn Hajar <strong>al</strong>-Haythamiy (Rahimahu Allaahu).<br />
Hili linaweza pia kupatikana ndani ya kitabu cha Da’a<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Munaawi’een li<br />
Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah, ambacho ni utafiti <strong>wa</strong> kisomi uliofany<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
Dr. ‘Abdullaah Ibn S<strong>wa</strong><strong>al</strong>ih <strong>al</strong>-Ghusuun. Ang<strong>al</strong>ia pia: Islaam Q&A cha<br />
Shaykh Muhammad bin S<strong>wa</strong><strong>al</strong>ih <strong>al</strong>-Munajjid.<br />
69
Amekithirisha katika kuifasiri Qur-aan (tafsiyr) na amechungua<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ndani katika upambanuzi <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> maana. Amefikia<br />
tafsiri kutokana nayo ambayo hakuna mwengine yeyote<br />
<strong>al</strong>iyeweza kufanya hivyo kabla yake. Pia amekithirisha katika<br />
Hadiyth na uhifadhaji <strong>wa</strong>ke; ni <strong>wa</strong>chache mno <strong>wa</strong>mehifadhi<br />
Hadiyth nyingi kama <strong>al</strong>ivyofanya yeye. Amezifanyia marejeo<br />
Ahaadiyth k<strong>wa</strong> vyanzo vyake muafaka na <strong>wa</strong>simuliaji <strong>wa</strong>ke, na<br />
<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo mwepesi <strong>wa</strong> kunukuu chochote anachotaka<br />
kuthibitishia ushahidi. Ame<strong>wa</strong>pita <strong>wa</strong>tu wote katika elimu ya<br />
Fiqh na maoni tofauti ya madhehebu mb<strong>al</strong>imb<strong>al</strong>i, na fat<strong>wa</strong> za<br />
S<strong>wa</strong>haabah na Taabi’iyn, hadi kufikia k<strong>wa</strong>mba p<strong>al</strong>e su<strong>al</strong>a la fat<strong>wa</strong><br />
linapoku<strong>wa</strong> h<strong>al</strong>iendani sambamba na maoni ya madhehebu,<br />
basi yeye anaegemeza fat<strong>wa</strong> yake katika maoni ambayo<br />
yanakub<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ushahidi ulio mzito. Amekithirisha elimu ya<br />
lugha ya Kiarabu, na kusoma masu<strong>al</strong>a katika ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo cha fikra<br />
na hoja. Amesoma maoni ya <strong>wa</strong>nafilosofa na kuzipinga hoja<br />
zao na kuweka bayana makosa yao na ku<strong>wa</strong>onya dhidi yao.<br />
Ameichukua Sunnah k<strong>wa</strong> ushahidhi na uthibiti ulio na nguvu.<br />
Alidhuri<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya Allaah na <strong>wa</strong>pinzani <strong>wa</strong>ke na<br />
kuchunguz<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kukub<strong>al</strong>i k<strong>wa</strong>ke Sunnah iliyo safi, hadi p<strong>al</strong>e<br />
Allaah <strong>al</strong>ipomsababishia ku<strong>wa</strong> bora na ku<strong>wa</strong>fanya <strong>wa</strong>ongofu<br />
kuungana katika kumpenda yeye na kumuombea dua, na<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>komesha maadui zake na ku<strong>wa</strong>ongoa <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> makundi<br />
na madhehebu mengine kupitia k<strong>wa</strong>ke yeye. Allaah<br />
ame<strong>wa</strong>fanya <strong>wa</strong>f<strong>al</strong>me na makamanda kumganda katika<br />
kumfuata yeye na kumtii, na ameihuisha Syria – na bila ya<br />
shaka Uislamu – kupitia juhudi zake, p<strong>al</strong>e ilipokaribia<br />
kushind<strong>wa</strong>, k<strong>wa</strong> kujadiliana na <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la ku<strong>wa</strong>kataa Matartar,<br />
p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>lipokaribisha tashwishi kuhusiana na Allaah na<br />
Waumini <strong>wa</strong>kajaribi<strong>wa</strong> na kutikisika k<strong>wa</strong> mtikisiko mkub<strong>wa</strong><br />
(rudia <strong>al</strong>-Ahzaab 33:10-11) na <strong>wa</strong>nafiki <strong>wa</strong>ka<strong>wa</strong> na nguvu.<br />
Sifa zake nzuri ni nyingi, na yeye ni mtu mkub<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> mtu<br />
kama mimi kuzungumzia maisha yake. I<strong>wa</strong>po mimi nitaahidi<br />
kula kiapo baina ya Pembe na Maqaam nitaapa k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
sijapata kuona mtu mfano <strong>wa</strong>ke yeye, na k<strong>wa</strong>mba yeye hajaona<br />
mtu mfano <strong>wa</strong>ke yeye mwenyewe. 93<br />
93 Dhayl Tabaqaat <strong>al</strong>-Hanaabilah cha Ibn Rajab <strong>al</strong>-Hanb<strong>al</strong>iy (4/390).<br />
70
• Al-Haafidh ‘Imaadud-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Waasitwiy (Rahimahu Allaahu)<br />
amesema:<br />
Naapa k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah, hakujapatapo kuonekana chini ya kipaa cha<br />
juu cha mbingu mtu yeyote mfano <strong>wa</strong> Shaykh wenu Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah k<strong>wa</strong> elimu, matendo mema, tabia, mambo yake,<br />
kushikana k<strong>wa</strong>ke na Sunnah, ukaribu, kujizuia na kutenda<br />
majukumu ya Allaah p<strong>al</strong>e mipaka Yake mitukufu inapovunj<strong>wa</strong>;<br />
<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mtu muaminifu kuliko mtu yeyote, mwenye<br />
ufahamu mkub<strong>wa</strong> zaidi <strong>wa</strong> elimu, mwenye athari zaidi,<br />
mwenye umakini zaidi katika kuutetea ukweli, mwenye<br />
ukarimu zaidi, mbora zaidi katika kufuata Sunnah ya<br />
Muhammad (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam).<br />
Hatujapatapo kuona yeyote ndani ya <strong>wa</strong>kati wetu<br />
anayefafanua mfano <strong>wa</strong> Mtume Muhammad (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu<br />
‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam) na Sunnah zake katika maneno na<br />
matendo kuliko mtu huyu; mwenye moyo wenye kuele<strong>wa</strong><br />
atashuhudia k<strong>wa</strong>mba hii ni kufuata Sunnah katika namna<br />
sahihi ya neno. 94<br />
• Al-Haafidh J<strong>al</strong>a<strong>al</strong>ud-Diyn as-Suyuutwiy (Rahimahu Allaahu)<br />
amesema:<br />
Ibn Taymiyyah, Shaykh, Imaam, ‘Allaamah (M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni<br />
mkub<strong>wa</strong>), muhifadhiaji, mpinganiaji, m<strong>wa</strong>na Faqiyh, Mujtahidi,<br />
mfasiri bora kabisa, Shaykh <strong>wa</strong> Uislamu, kiongozi <strong>wa</strong> ikhlaasi,<br />
asiyeshind<strong>wa</strong> katika <strong>wa</strong>kati wetu, Taqiyud-Diyn Abul-‘Abbaas<br />
Ahmad <strong>al</strong>-Mufti Shihaabud-Diyn ‘Abdul-H<strong>al</strong>iym, mtoto <strong>wa</strong><br />
Imaam na Mujtahid Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Majdud-Diyn ‘Abdus-<br />
S<strong>al</strong>aam Ibn ‘Abdillaah Ibn Abil-Qaasim <strong>al</strong>-Haraaniy.<br />
Mmoja miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>ama za <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>al</strong>iz<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong><br />
Rabiy’ <strong>al</strong>-Aw<strong>wa</strong>k 661 AH, na kujifunza kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Ibn Abil-<br />
Yasaar, Ibn ‘Abdil-Daaim, na baadhi ya wengine.<br />
Amechukua hamu ya kujifunza Hadiyth, na kusimulia na<br />
kuchagua (Ahaadiyth za maana); amekithirisha katika kusoma<br />
<strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>simuliaji, mapungufu katika Ahaadiyth, Fiqh,<br />
sayansi ya Uislamu, ‘ilm <strong>al</strong>-k<strong>al</strong>aam na nyanja nyenginezo.<br />
94 Al-‘Uquud <strong>al</strong>-Durriyyah, uk. 311.<br />
71
Aliku<strong>wa</strong> ni mtu mwenye kasi ya kusoma, moja kati ya<br />
Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>hodari <strong>wa</strong>chahe, mwenye ikhlasi na mtu pekee.<br />
Ameandika vitabu mia tatu, na <strong>al</strong>ijaribi<strong>wa</strong> na kuchunguz<strong>wa</strong><br />
mara chungu nzima. Amekufa mwishoni m<strong>wa</strong> mwezi <strong>wa</strong><br />
Dhu’l-Qa’dah m<strong>wa</strong>ka 628 AH. 95<br />
• Al-Haafidh <strong>al</strong>-Bazzaar amesema, aki<strong>wa</strong>andikia <strong>wa</strong>pinzani <strong>wa</strong><br />
Ibn Taymiyyah: “hamutapata kuona M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni akimpinga<br />
yeye (Ibn Taymiyyah), akimzuia yeye, aki<strong>wa</strong> na hamaki k<strong>wa</strong>ke,<br />
isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na uchu zaidi <strong>wa</strong> hayo katika<br />
kuyakusanya mazuri ya dunia, wenye hila na ujanja zaidi<br />
katika kuyapata hayo, mwenye shauku zaidi kuliko wote,<br />
mwenye hamu ya sifa… na mwenye kufanya mengi kuliko<br />
mwengine katika uongo kwenye ulimi <strong>wa</strong>ke.” 96<br />
• Al-Haafidh adh-Dhahabiy amesema:<br />
“Iliku<strong>wa</strong> inashangaza p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>ipotaja juu ya su<strong>al</strong>a amb<strong>al</strong>o kuna<br />
tofauti ya ma<strong>wa</strong>zo, na p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>ipotoa ushahidi na kuamua <strong>wa</strong>zo<br />
lililo na nguvu – na <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kuitekeleza Ijtihaad<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya yeye kutimiza masharti yake. Sijapata kuona<br />
mtu <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong> na kasi kuliko yeye ya kurudia aya ambayo<br />
imegusa lile su<strong>al</strong>a an<strong>al</strong>olifikia maamuzi, <strong>wa</strong>la mtu <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong><br />
na nguvu katika kurudia maandiko na kutaja vyanzo vyake.<br />
Sunnah iliku<strong>wa</strong> ipo mbele ya macho yake na katika ncha ya<br />
ulimi <strong>wa</strong>ke kuna misamiati safi na jicho lililo <strong>wa</strong>zi.<br />
Aliku<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>al</strong>ama miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>ama za Allaah katika tafsiyr<br />
na kuielezea. K<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong> msingi <strong>wa</strong> Diyn na elimu ya<br />
hitilafu - ya ma<strong>wa</strong>zo (katika su<strong>al</strong>a fulani) basi yeye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong><br />
hana mpinzani – hii ni pamoja na ukarimu, juhudi na kutotilia<br />
maanani matashi ya nafsi.<br />
Na labda kanuni zake za kisheria katika aina mb<strong>al</strong>imb<strong>al</strong>i za<br />
sayansi zilifikia vitabu (volumes) mia tatu (300), au zaidi na<br />
mara zote <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> akizungumzia ukweli k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya Allaah,<br />
bila ya kuj<strong>al</strong>i m<strong>al</strong><strong>al</strong>amiko y<strong>al</strong>iyomfikia.<br />
95 T<strong>wa</strong>baqaat <strong>al</strong>-Huffaadh, uk. 516, 517.<br />
96 Al-A`laam <strong>al</strong>-‘Aliyyah, uk. 82<br />
72
Yeyote anayeshirikiana naye na kumtambua vyema [na]<br />
ananituhumu k<strong>wa</strong> uongo/kutoku<strong>wa</strong> na uaminifu k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mnasaba <strong>wa</strong>ke. Yeyoye anayempinga na kupingana naye<br />
ananituhumu k<strong>wa</strong> kupitilisha mambo, na nimeku<strong>wa</strong> mkosa<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> pande zote – <strong>wa</strong>fuasi <strong>wa</strong>ke na <strong>wa</strong>pinzani <strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />
Aliku<strong>wa</strong> na ngozi ya rangi nyeupe na nywele nyeusi na ndevu<br />
nyeusi pamoja na nywele za jivujivu. Nywele zake zilifikia<br />
ndewe za sikio. Macho yake y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> fasaha [kama] ulimi, na<br />
<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na kifua kipana na chenye sauti safi pamoja na usomaji<br />
<strong>wa</strong> haraka. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye kuhamaki mara moja lakini<br />
mwenye kuibatilisha k<strong>wa</strong> subra na kujizuia.<br />
Sijaona mfano <strong>wa</strong>ke yeye k<strong>wa</strong> kumuomba (yeye Allaah) na<br />
kutaka msaada K<strong>wa</strong>ke Yeye, na ku<strong>wa</strong> na hisia sana k<strong>wa</strong><br />
wenziwe. Hata hivyo, siamini k<strong>wa</strong>mba yeye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />
mkamilifu, isipoku<strong>wa</strong> ninapingana naye k<strong>wa</strong> yote; msimamo<br />
mk<strong>al</strong>i na masu<strong>al</strong>a madogo, k<strong>wa</strong>ni yeye – inga<strong>wa</strong> ana elimu<br />
pana, juhudi kub<strong>wa</strong>, na akili nyingi, na k<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong><br />
kuisafisha Diyn – <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mtu miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu.<br />
Anaweza kupitiki<strong>wa</strong> na umakini na hamaki ndani ya mjad<strong>al</strong>a,<br />
na ku<strong>wa</strong>vamia <strong>wa</strong>pinzani <strong>wa</strong>ke (kimaneno) hivyo kuotesha<br />
uadui ndani ya nyoyo zao dhidi yake.<br />
Kama tu angeliku<strong>wa</strong> mlaini k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>pinzani <strong>wa</strong>ke basi<br />
kungeliku<strong>wa</strong> na neno la makub<strong>al</strong>iano k<strong>wa</strong> ajili yake – k<strong>wa</strong>ni ni<br />
hakika Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>meikub<strong>al</strong>i elimu yake,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>mekub<strong>al</strong>i uwezo <strong>wa</strong>ke na ukosefu <strong>wa</strong> makosa, na kukiri<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni bahri isiyoku<strong>wa</strong> na mipaka na hazina<br />
isiyoku<strong>wa</strong> na mfano. Hata hivyo, <strong>wa</strong>mefikia nafasi ya kujisikia<br />
na homa dhidi yake… na kila maneno ya mtu yanaweza<br />
kuchukuli<strong>wa</strong> ama kuach<strong>wa</strong>.<br />
Aliku<strong>wa</strong> akisimamisha s<strong>wa</strong>lah na kufunga, kuzitukuza Shar’iah<br />
kinje na kindani. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> hatoi fat<strong>wa</strong> katika namna ya ufahamu<br />
mdogo k<strong>wa</strong>ni <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na ufahamu mzuri kabisa, <strong>wa</strong>la k<strong>wa</strong><br />
namna ya ukosefu <strong>wa</strong> elimu k<strong>wa</strong>ni <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni bahri inayoelea.<br />
W<strong>al</strong>a haku<strong>wa</strong> akiichezea Diyn lakini [akiitumia] kufikia katika<br />
ushahidi kutoka kwenye Qur-aan, Sunnah na Qiyaas (ufafanuzi)<br />
na kuthibitisha na kujadiliana k<strong>wa</strong> kufuata nyayo za Maimamu<br />
73
<strong>wa</strong>liomtangulia, hivyo <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na m<strong>al</strong>ipo i<strong>wa</strong>po amekosea na<br />
m<strong>al</strong>ipo mara mbili i<strong>wa</strong>po amepatia.<br />
Ali<strong>wa</strong>hi kuum<strong>wa</strong> ndani ya Qasri (amb<strong>al</strong>o amefungi<strong>wa</strong> humo)<br />
aki<strong>wa</strong> na maradhi mabaya mno hadi <strong>al</strong>ipokufa mnamo usiku<br />
<strong>wa</strong> Jumatatu ya 20 ya mwezi <strong>wa</strong> Dhul Qa’dah, na <strong>wa</strong>kams<strong>wa</strong>lia<br />
katika msikiti <strong>wa</strong> Damascus. Na baadaye wengi<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kamzungumzia kuhusiana na idadi iliyohudhuria mazishi<br />
yake, na idadi ya chini iliyotole<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>al</strong>fu hamsini.” 97<br />
• Adh-Dhahabiy pia amesema:<br />
“Yeye ni zaidi <strong>wa</strong> ubora kuliko mfano <strong>wa</strong>ngu kuelezea sifa<br />
zake. I<strong>wa</strong>po nit<strong>al</strong>azimish<strong>wa</strong> kuapa (k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah) katika<br />
pembe (ya Ka’bah) na sehemu ya (ya Ibraahiym), nitaapa<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba sijapata kuona k<strong>wa</strong> macho yangu mawili mfano<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke yeye na k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah, yeye mwenyewe hajaona mfano<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke yeye katika elimu.” 98<br />
• Ibn Hajr <strong>al</strong>-Asq<strong>al</strong>aaniy amesema:<br />
“Shaykh <strong>wa</strong> Ma<strong>shaykh</strong> wetu, <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Abu <strong>al</strong>-Yu’mariy<br />
(Ibn Sayyid an-Naas) amesema ndani ya <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah: ‘<strong>al</strong>-Mizzi amenisisitiza kuelezea ma<strong>wa</strong>zo yangu<br />
kuhusiana na Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Taqiyud-Diyn. Nimemuona<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> anatokana na <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>lioipata elimu kub<strong>wa</strong><br />
ndani ya sayansi kama <strong>al</strong>ivyoipata. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> akikamilisha<br />
kuihifadhi na kuifanyia kazi Sunan na Aathaar (simulizi).<br />
I<strong>wa</strong>po atazungumzia kuhusiana na tafsiyr basi ataibeba<br />
bendera yake, na i<strong>wa</strong>po atazungumzia fat<strong>wa</strong> ndani ya Fiqh<br />
basi yeye <strong>al</strong>iele<strong>wa</strong> mipaka yake. I<strong>wa</strong>po atazungumzia<br />
kuhusiana na Hadiyth basi <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni s<strong>wa</strong>haba <strong>wa</strong> hiyo<br />
elimu na utambuzi <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>simulizi <strong>wa</strong>ke. I<strong>wa</strong>po atatoa<br />
mhadhara <strong>wa</strong> Diyn na Madhehebu basi hakuna mwengine<br />
anayeonekana ku<strong>wa</strong> na ufahamu au uang<strong>al</strong>ifu kuliko<br />
<strong>al</strong>ivyoku<strong>wa</strong> yeye, ame<strong>wa</strong>pita <strong>wa</strong>liopita kabla yake katika<br />
kila sayansi, na wewe hutaona mtu yeyote mfano <strong>wa</strong>ke yeye,<br />
97 Ad-Durar <strong>al</strong>-Kaaminah’ cha Ibn Hajr <strong>al</strong>-Asq<strong>al</strong>aaniy chini ya <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> of Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah<br />
98 Ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir, uk 59 (katika matoleo mengine ipo ukurasa <strong>wa</strong> 35).<br />
74
na macho yake mwenye hayajapata kuona mtu mfano <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
yeye mwenyewe.<br />
Aliku<strong>wa</strong> akizungumzia kuhusiana na tafsiyr na idadi kub<strong>wa</strong><br />
ya <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>kihudhuria mikusanyiko yake, na idadi<br />
inayokub<strong>al</strong>ika hurudi (<strong>wa</strong>ki<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>mele<strong>wa</strong>) k<strong>wa</strong> utamu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke, bahri iliyojaa hazina. Iliendelea namna hii hadi<br />
ugonj<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> uadui ukaingia (ndani ya nyoyo) za <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong><br />
mji <strong>wa</strong>ke. Watu <strong>wa</strong> kutafuta makosa <strong>wa</strong>kajikusanya pamoja<br />
na kutoa mambo ambayo hatokub<strong>al</strong>iana nayo k<strong>wa</strong> imani<br />
yake, na <strong>wa</strong>kayahifadhi baadhi ya matamko yake k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mnasaba <strong>wa</strong> hili. Wakamdumaza k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya hili na<br />
kumuwekea mitego ambayo <strong>wa</strong>ngeliweza kumtangazia<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> yeye ni mzushi. W<strong>al</strong>ifikiria k<strong>wa</strong>mba ameacha njia yao,<br />
na kujitoa kwenye dhehebu lao. Hivyo <strong>wa</strong>kajadiliana naye,<br />
na yeye k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>o, na baadhi yao <strong>wa</strong>kakata mahusiano naye,<br />
na yeye [akakata mahusiano] pamoja nao.<br />
Kisha akajadiliana na kundi jengine ambao liliku<strong>wa</strong> likisifika<br />
kama ni Fuqaraa (kundi la Kisufi) ambao <strong>wa</strong>lidhani k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
<strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> na kila chembe ya maelezo ya ukweli <strong>wa</strong> ndani na<br />
juu ya ukweli <strong>wa</strong>ke. Na aka<strong>wa</strong>wekea <strong>wa</strong>zi Kanuni hizi…<br />
Basi hili lika<strong>wa</strong>fikia kundi la m<strong>wa</strong>nzo na <strong>wa</strong>katafuta msaada<br />
kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>liokata mahusiana naye na kumuwekea<br />
uovu dhdi yake. Hivyo <strong>wa</strong>k<strong>al</strong>ichukua su<strong>al</strong>a hili k<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la, kila mmoja <strong>wa</strong>o aki<strong>wa</strong> na maamuzi k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> si Muumini. Na kisha <strong>wa</strong>katayarisha kikao na<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>hamasisha <strong>wa</strong>jinga kueneza neno hilo miongoni m<strong>wa</strong><br />
Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong>. Na <strong>wa</strong>kachukua hatua za kupeleka<br />
su<strong>al</strong>a hilo k<strong>wa</strong> mf<strong>al</strong>me <strong>wa</strong> Misri na hatimaye yeye (Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah) akakamat<strong>wa</strong> na kuwek<strong>wa</strong> jela. Na mikusanyiko<br />
ikaanzish<strong>wa</strong> kujadili um<strong>wa</strong>gaji <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> damu, <strong>wa</strong>ki<strong>wa</strong>ita<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong> hili <strong>wa</strong>tu kutoka kwenye misikiti midogo<br />
na <strong>wa</strong>nafunzi – <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>tu ambao hujadiliana k<strong>wa</strong> lengo la<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>fanya wengine ku<strong>wa</strong> na furaha, na <strong>wa</strong>po <strong>wa</strong>le wengine<br />
wenye kujadiliana kuonesha uwerevu <strong>wa</strong>o, na <strong>wa</strong>po<br />
wengine <strong>wa</strong>liotangaza takfiyr na kutangaza kutojumuika<br />
[naye]. Na Mola Wako Anajua nini kipo ndani ya vifua vyao<br />
na y<strong>al</strong>e <strong>wa</strong>liyoyazusha. Na yule ambaye ametangazia kufr<br />
75
<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> sio bora kuliko yule anayejadiliana ku<strong>wa</strong>furahisha<br />
wengine.<br />
Na mwiba <strong>wa</strong> hila zao ukampata, na Allaah akastawisha kila<br />
hila, na kumuokoa katika mikono ya <strong>wa</strong>le Alio<strong>wa</strong>chagua…<br />
Basi akaendelea kuhama kutoka mtihani mmoja kwenye<br />
mtihani mwengine na katika maisha yake yote<br />
hakuondokana na tatizo moja isipoku<strong>wa</strong> kwenda kwenye<br />
tatizo jengine. Kisha ikafuatia lile lililofuatia katika su<strong>al</strong>a la<br />
kukamat<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>ke na akabakia kifungoni hadi kifo chake,<br />
na k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah ni marejeo ya masu<strong>al</strong>a yote. Katika siku ya<br />
maziko yake mitaa ilifurika <strong>wa</strong>tu, na Waislamu <strong>wa</strong>kaja<br />
kutoka kila njia ya barabara…” 99<br />
• Ibn Hajr <strong>al</strong>-Asq<strong>al</strong>aaniy pia amesema:<br />
“Nimesoma katika maandishi ya <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh S<strong>al</strong>aad ad-Diyn<br />
<strong>al</strong>-B<strong>al</strong>aa’iy k<strong>wa</strong> kukub<strong>al</strong>iana na Shaykh <strong>wa</strong> Ma<strong>shaykh</strong> wetu<br />
<strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Bahaa ad-Diyn ‘Abdullaah bin Muhammad bin<br />
Kh<strong>al</strong>iyl: ‘Shaykh wetu na mta<strong>al</strong>amu na Imaam katika<br />
masu<strong>al</strong>a ambayo ni baina ya Allaah na sisi, Shaykh <strong>wa</strong><br />
utafiti (tahqiyq), mkanushaji [<strong>wa</strong> uzushi], pamoja na <strong>wa</strong>le<br />
<strong>wa</strong>naomfuata yeye, katika njia bora. Mwenye sifa bora na<br />
thibati bora ambazo mataifa yote y<strong>al</strong>iyoridhia ni zaidi ya<br />
kuweza kuhesabika. Tunamuomba Allaah Atunufaishe sisi<br />
kutokana na yeye ndani ya maisha haya na Akhera. Huyo<br />
ndiye Shaykh, Imaam, A<strong>al</strong>im anayeele<strong>wa</strong> mambo, mwenye<br />
kujitolea sana, bahri (ya elimu), kiungo cha m<strong>wa</strong>ngaza,<br />
Imaam <strong>wa</strong> Maimamu, Baraka k<strong>wa</strong> taifa la Waislamu, <strong>al</strong>ama<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni, mrithi <strong>wa</strong> Mitume, Mujtahid <strong>wa</strong> mwisho,<br />
ana sifa pekee miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> Diyn –<br />
Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam, ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni, mfano <strong>wa</strong><br />
viumbe, ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>somi, mfutaji <strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni,<br />
panga la <strong>wa</strong>zozaji, bahri ya elimu, hazina yenye manufaa,<br />
mfasiri <strong>wa</strong> Qur-aan, maajabu k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati wetu, mwenye sifa<br />
pekee katika enzi hizi na nyenginezo. Hakika Taqiyud-Diyn<br />
(Ibn Taymiyyah) ni Imaam <strong>wa</strong> Waislamu, ushahidi <strong>wa</strong><br />
99 Ad-Durar <strong>al</strong>-Kaaminah’ cha Ibn Hajr <strong>al</strong>-Asq<strong>al</strong>aaniy chini ya <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah<br />
76
Allaah dhidi ya uumb<strong>wa</strong>ji, muunganishi <strong>wa</strong> mema, ni mtu<br />
ambaye ni mfano <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>liomtangulia, mufti <strong>wa</strong> dhehebu,<br />
msaidizi <strong>wa</strong> ukweli, <strong>al</strong>ama ya uongofu, nguzo ya Huffaadh,<br />
B<strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong> maana ya maneno, pembe ya Shari’ah,<br />
muanzilishi <strong>wa</strong> sayansi mpya Abu <strong>al</strong>-Abbaas Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah.” 100<br />
Ibn Hajr pia amesema, “... Ile misimamo yake ambayo<br />
imekat<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> kutokana naye haikusem<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya<br />
matak<strong>wa</strong> yake na utashi <strong>wa</strong>ke tu na <strong>wa</strong>la haku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />
mwenye kuendelea nayo na kunga’nga’nia nayo baada ya<br />
kupati<strong>wa</strong> ushahidi unaoonesha dhidi yake. Zifuatazo ni kazi<br />
zake ziki<strong>wa</strong> zimejaa na pingamizi kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le<br />
<strong>wa</strong>naosimamia tajsiyim inga<strong>wa</strong> yeye ni mtu mwenye<br />
kufanya makosa na pia ni mwenye kupata. Hivyo, k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e<br />
ambayo amepatia – na hayo ndio mengi – yafanyiwe<br />
manufaa na Rehma za Allaah ziombwe k<strong>wa</strong> ajili yake k<strong>wa</strong><br />
sababu ya hilo, na k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e ambayo haku<strong>wa</strong> sahihi<br />
yafuatwe k<strong>wa</strong> upofu. K<strong>wa</strong> hakika, amesamehe<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />
makosa yake k<strong>wa</strong> sababu yeye ni moja <strong>wa</strong> Maimamu <strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke na imeshuhudi<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba amekamilisha<br />
masharti ya Ijtihaad...<br />
Miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> sifa za kustaajabisha za mtu huyu ni<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> mtu mwenye nguvu kabisa<br />
dhidi ya Watu <strong>wa</strong> Uzushi, Ra<strong>wa</strong>afidhah, na Hululiyyah, na<br />
Ittihaadiyyah, na kazi zake katika hili ni nyingi na ni maarufu,<br />
na fataa<strong>wa</strong>a zake katika hayo hazina hesabu, je namna gani<br />
y<strong>al</strong>e macho ya <strong>wa</strong>zushi y<strong>al</strong>ivyoku<strong>wa</strong> na furaha p<strong>al</strong>e<br />
y<strong>al</strong>iposikia <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>lipomtangazia ku<strong>wa</strong> yeye ni kafiri! Na ni<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> shangwe gani <strong>wa</strong>meku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>lipoona <strong>wa</strong>le<br />
100 Ad-Durar <strong>al</strong>-Kaaminah’ cha Ibn Hajr <strong>al</strong>-Asq<strong>al</strong>aaniy chini ya <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah. K<strong>wa</strong> kitabu hichi kuchukuli<strong>wa</strong> kama kilivyo, ni vigumu<br />
kufahamu maoni ya Ibn Hajr kuhusiana na Ibn Taymiyyah. K<strong>wa</strong>ni kikub<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>al</strong>ichokifanya ni kukusanya vitu vyote anavyoweza kupata kuhusiana na<br />
Shaykh na kisha kuanza kupambanua k<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni wote <strong>wa</strong>lioandika<br />
dhidi yake, na kum<strong>al</strong>izia na Wanachuoni wote <strong>wa</strong>liomkub<strong>al</strong>i. Inaonesha<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba msimamo <strong>wa</strong> Ibn Hajr unaendana na <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>al</strong>iom<strong>al</strong>iza nao katika<br />
<strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya <strong>wa</strong>o ku<strong>wa</strong> ni Ma<strong>shaykh</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke. Hoja hii<br />
inakub<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> na nukuu inayofuatia kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Ibn Hajr. Na Allaah Ndiye<br />
Ajuaye zaidi.<br />
77
<strong>wa</strong>siomtambua yeye ku<strong>wa</strong> ni kafiri <strong>wa</strong>o wenyewe<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kabandik<strong>wa</strong> jina la ukafiri! Ni <strong>wa</strong>jibu k<strong>wa</strong> yule ambaye<br />
amejiv<strong>al</strong>isha joho la elimu na ku<strong>wa</strong> na ufahamu k<strong>wa</strong>mba,<br />
ayakadirie maneno ya mtu y<strong>al</strong>iyoegemez<strong>wa</strong> na vitabu vyake<br />
maarufu au kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> ndimi za <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>liomuamini<br />
kufikisha maneno yake k<strong>wa</strong> usahihi – kisha kujitenga nayo<br />
yote haya k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e y<strong>al</strong>iyokan<strong>wa</strong> na ku<strong>wa</strong>tahadharisha <strong>wa</strong>o<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> lengo la kutoa ushauri <strong>wa</strong> ukweli na kumsifia kutokana<br />
na sifa zake bora na k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>iyoku<strong>wa</strong> sahihi kama ilivyo<br />
njia ya Wanachuoni.<br />
I<strong>wa</strong>po hakuna sifa zozote za Shaykh Taqiyud-Diyn<br />
isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>ke maarufu Shaykh Shams<br />
ad-Diyn Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim <strong>al</strong>-Jawziyyah, m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi <strong>wa</strong> kazi<br />
nyingi, ambazo kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> pande zote za <strong>wa</strong>pinzani <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
na <strong>wa</strong>fuasi <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong>menufaika nazo, basi inatosha hili<br />
kuonesha nafasi yake (Ibn Taymiyyah) kub<strong>wa</strong> kabisa. Na<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> nini iwe vyenginevyo k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> Maimamu <strong>wa</strong><br />
Kishaafi’y na wengineo, bila ya ku<strong>wa</strong>zungumzima<br />
Mahanb<strong>al</strong>iy, k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke kuthibitisha kutokana na<br />
umashuhuri katika sayansi (za Kiislamu)...” 101<br />
• Ibn Kathiyr amesema:<br />
“Jambo dogo amb<strong>al</strong>o anaweza kulifanya p<strong>al</strong>e anaposikia<br />
kitu ni kukihifadhi na kisha ku<strong>wa</strong> na mshughuliko <strong>wa</strong><br />
kukisoma. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> na ufahamu na <strong>al</strong>ijifunga kuhifadhi sana<br />
na hivyo, aka<strong>wa</strong> ni Imaamu katika tafsiyr na<br />
kilichofungamana nayo. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> na elimu (kub<strong>wa</strong>) katika<br />
Fiqh; ilisem<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na elimu zaidi ya Fiqh<br />
katika madh-hab kuliko <strong>wa</strong>fuasi <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e madh-hab<br />
<strong>wa</strong>nayoyafuata katika <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke na <strong>wa</strong>kati mwengine.<br />
Aliku<strong>wa</strong> na fahamu tosha ya ma<strong>wa</strong>zo tofauti ya<br />
Wanachuoni. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> ni M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>wa</strong> Usuul, matawi<br />
ya Diyn, sarufi, lugha na sayansi nyengine za maandiko na<br />
ufahamu. Hakupatapo kuchukuli<strong>wa</strong> katika kikao na hakuna<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni maarufu kuzungumza naye katika sayansi<br />
fulani isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba kuona k<strong>wa</strong>mba sayansi hii<br />
101 Kutoka ridhaa ya Ibn Hajr katika ‘Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir’ iliyopo mwisho <strong>wa</strong><br />
kitabu.<br />
78
iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni elimu ma<strong>al</strong>umu (speci<strong>al</strong>ty) ya Ibn Taymiyyah na<br />
humuona yeye kama ni mwenye maarifa ya kutosha katika<br />
hilo na kuipambisha... Ama k<strong>wa</strong> Hadiyth basi <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />
mbebaji <strong>wa</strong> bendera yake, muhifadhi <strong>wa</strong> Hadiyth, na<br />
mwenye uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kupambanua jepesi kutokana na zito,<br />
aki<strong>wa</strong> na maelezo kamili ya <strong>wa</strong>pokezi na ku<strong>wa</strong> ni mta<strong>al</strong>amu<br />
katika hili...” 102<br />
Pia amesema, “Aliku<strong>wa</strong>, Rehema za Allaah ziwe juu yake,<br />
kutoka katika Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong> kabisa, pia kutoka k<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>le wenye kufanya makosa na kupatia. Hata hivyo,<br />
makosa yake k<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong> zile hukumu zilizo sahihi<br />
iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni kama vile tonye katika bahari kub<strong>wa</strong> na hayo<br />
(makosa) yanasamehe<strong>wa</strong> kama ilivyosimuli<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> usahihi<br />
na <strong>al</strong>-Bukhaariy, ‘p<strong>al</strong>e mta<strong>wa</strong>la anapotoa hukumu, na yupo<br />
sahihi basi anapati<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>al</strong>ipo mara mbili, na i<strong>wa</strong>po atakosea<br />
basi an<strong>al</strong>ip<strong>wa</strong> moja.’”<br />
Pia ameelezea k<strong>wa</strong>mba p<strong>al</strong>e Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
<strong>wa</strong>napokusanyika k<strong>wa</strong> kikao pamoja na Ibn Taymiyyah k<strong>wa</strong> ajili<br />
ya kujadili kazi yake ‘Aqiydah <strong>al</strong>-Hamawiyyah’ k<strong>wa</strong>mba majibu<br />
yake k<strong>wa</strong> madai yao hayawezi kukanush<strong>wa</strong>. 103<br />
Vivyo hivyo ametaja k<strong>wa</strong>mba p<strong>al</strong>e Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>napokaa<br />
kujadiliana naye k<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong> Aqiydah <strong>al</strong>-Waasitiyyah yake,<br />
mjad<strong>al</strong>a hum<strong>al</strong>izikia k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>o kukub<strong>al</strong>iana na yote y<strong>al</strong>iyokuwemo<br />
ndani ya kitabu hicho kama ilivyo ndani ya kitabu cha (volume) 14<br />
cha ‘<strong>al</strong>-Bidaayah’ chini ya mada ya ‘Aqd <strong>al</strong>-Maja<strong>al</strong>is ath-Th<strong>al</strong>aathah.’<br />
• Al-Haafidh <strong>al</strong>-Mizzi amesema:<br />
“Sijaona mfano <strong>wa</strong>ke yeye, na jicho lake mwenyewe<br />
h<strong>al</strong>ijapata kuona mfano <strong>wa</strong>ke yeye. Na sijapata kuona mtu<br />
mwenye ufahamu zaidi yake yeye katika Kitabu na Sunnah<br />
102 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong>n Nihaayah, Ibn Kathiyr (14/118-119)<br />
103 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong>n Nihaayah, Ibn Kathiyr (14/5)<br />
79
ya Mjumbe Wake, au yule mwenye kuzifuata hizo k<strong>wa</strong><br />
ukaribu zaidi.” 104<br />
• Al-Haafidh Ibn Daqiyq <strong>al</strong>-‘Iyd amesema:<br />
“P<strong>al</strong>e nilipokutana na Ibn Taymiyyah, niliona mtu aki<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
sayansi zote mbele ya macho yake, <strong>al</strong>ichukua kutokana na<br />
sayansi hizo chochote anachopenda na kuacha chochote<br />
akipendacho.” 105 Baada ya hili akasema, “Naapa k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah<br />
sijafikiria kama yupo <strong>al</strong>iyebakia mfano <strong>wa</strong>ko wewe.” 106<br />
• Qaadhiy <strong>wa</strong> Qaadiys Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Huriyriy amesema:<br />
“I<strong>wa</strong>po Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> sio Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam basi<br />
yeye ni nani?” 107<br />
• Al-Haafidh <strong>al</strong>-Bazzaar amesema:<br />
“Sikupatapo kumuona akitaja anasa na vivutio vya dunia<br />
hii, hakujichimbia katika mijad<strong>al</strong>a ya kidunia na <strong>wa</strong>la<br />
hakupatapo kuulizia aina yoyote ya makaazi yake.<br />
Isipoku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>iipeleka akili na mijad<strong>al</strong>a yake katika kuitafuta<br />
Akhera na lile amb<strong>al</strong>o litamuweka karibu na Allaah.” 108<br />
• Al-Shaykh Mullaa ‘Aliy <strong>al</strong>-Qaariy amesema:<br />
104 Hayaat Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah, Shaykh Bahjah <strong>al</strong>-Baytaar, uk. 21, na<br />
ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir, uk. 59.<br />
105 Min Mashaahiyr <strong>al</strong>-Mujaddidayn, Shaykh S<strong>wa</strong><strong>al</strong>ih <strong>al</strong>-Fawzaan, uk. 26.<br />
106 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong>n Nihaayah, Ibn Kathiyr (14/27), na Dhail `<strong>al</strong>aa Tabaqaat <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Hanabilah, Ibn Rajab (2/392).<br />
107 Hayaat Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam, (uk. 26)<br />
108 Al-A`laam <strong>al</strong>-Aliyyah fiy Manaaqib Ibn Taymiyyah, <strong>al</strong>-Bazzaar, (uk. 52).<br />
80
“Itaonekana <strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong> yule anayesoma ‘Madaarij as-<br />
Sa<strong>al</strong>ikiyn’ (cha Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim) k<strong>wa</strong>mba ha<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>wili (Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah na Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyimj) ni <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong> katika Ahlus<br />
Sunnah <strong>wa</strong>l Jamaa`ah, na ni Awliyaa <strong>wa</strong> taifa hili.” 109<br />
• Muhammad bin ‘Abdil-Barr as-Subkiy amesema:<br />
“Naapa k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah, hakuna mtu anayemchukia Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> mtu mjinga au mwenye kubeba<br />
matamanio ambayo yamemgeuza kutoka katika ukweli<br />
baada ya kuutambua [ukweli].” 110<br />
• Abu Hayyan <strong>al</strong>-And<strong>al</strong>usiy amesema:<br />
“Naapa k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah, macho yangu mawili hayajapata kuona<br />
mfano <strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah.” 111<br />
• Al-Haafidh ‘Abdur-Rahmaan Ibn Rajab <strong>al</strong>-Hanb<strong>al</strong>iy<br />
amesema:<br />
“Yeye ni Imaam, M<strong>wa</strong>nasheria, Mujtahid, M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>wa</strong><br />
Hadiyth, Haafidh, Mfafanuzi <strong>wa</strong> Qur-aan, Mpwekeshaji,<br />
Taqiyud-Diyn Abu <strong>al</strong>-‘Abbaas Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam, mwenye<br />
ufahamu bora katika wenye ufahamu bora, haiwezekani<br />
kukithirisha umaarufu <strong>wa</strong>ke p<strong>al</strong>e anapotaj<strong>wa</strong>... yeye, Rehma<br />
za Allaah ziwe juu yake, <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na sifa pekee katika <strong>wa</strong>kati<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong> ufahamu <strong>wa</strong> Qur-aan na elimu ya<br />
ukweli <strong>wa</strong> imani.” 112<br />
109 Mirqaat <strong>al</strong>-Mafaatiyh, (8/251-252) ufafanuzi <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> Mishkaat <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Masaabiyh, kama ilivyonukuli<strong>wa</strong> ndani ya Shubuhaat Ahl <strong>al</strong>-Fitnah, (uk. 442)<br />
cha ‘Abdur-Rahmaan Dimishqiyyah.<br />
110 Ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir (uk. 95) cha Ibn Naasir ad-Diyn<br />
111 Ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir, uk. 63.<br />
112 Adh-Dhail `<strong>al</strong>aa T<strong>wa</strong>baqaat <strong>al</strong>-Hanaabilah, Ibn Rajab (2/387-392).<br />
81
• Imaam <strong>wa</strong> Hanafi, Badr ad-Diyn (Mahmuud bin Ahmad) <strong>al</strong>-<br />
‘Ainiy amesema:<br />
“Yeyote anayesema k<strong>wa</strong>mba Ibn Taymiyyah ni kafiri basi<br />
ukweli ni k<strong>wa</strong>mba yeye mwenyewe ni kafiri, na yule<br />
anayemtuhumu k<strong>wa</strong> upotovu basi yeye mwenyewe ni<br />
mpotovu. Itawezekanaje ku<strong>wa</strong> hili [ni ukweli] <strong>wa</strong>kati kazi<br />
zake zinapatikana k<strong>wa</strong> mapana na hakuna <strong>al</strong>ama ya<br />
kuonesha upotovu <strong>wa</strong>la fitina zilizokuwemo ndani ya kazi<br />
hizo.” 113<br />
• Pia amesema:<br />
"Yeye ni Imaam, muongofu, mta<strong>al</strong>amu, mcha Mungu, msafi,<br />
mwenye kujitolea, mta<strong>al</strong>amu katika sayansi ya Hadiyth na<br />
tafsiyr, Fiqh na misingi miwili (yaani Kitabu na Sunnah)<br />
pamoja na uk<strong>al</strong>i <strong>wa</strong> akili na umakini. Yeye ni upanga ulio<br />
mk<strong>al</strong>i dhidi ya <strong>wa</strong>zushi, mta<strong>wa</strong>la, <strong>al</strong>iyeanzisha mambo ya<br />
Diyn na kamanda mkuu <strong>wa</strong> mema na mkatazaji <strong>wa</strong> maovu.<br />
Aliku<strong>wa</strong> na (ustaarabu <strong>wa</strong>) hisia, ushupavu na kuendeleza<br />
lile amb<strong>al</strong>o linatisha na kukatisha tama. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye<br />
kukumbuka sana, kufunga, kus<strong>wa</strong>li na kuabudu.” 114<br />
• Shaykh Kama<strong>al</strong> ad-Diyn Ibn az-Zamlakaaniy, ambaye<br />
<strong>al</strong>ihojiana naye Ibn Taymiyyah, katika kikao zaidi ya kimoja,<br />
amesema:<br />
“Popote anapouliz<strong>wa</strong> kuhusiana na nyanja fulani ya elimu,<br />
yule anayeshuhudia na kusikia (jibu hilo) huhitimisha<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba haku<strong>wa</strong> na elimu nyengine yoyote katika nyanja<br />
nyengine na k<strong>wa</strong>mba hakuna mwengine mwenye ku<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
elimu kama hiyo. Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> makundi yote, popote<br />
<strong>wa</strong>napokaa pamoja naye, hunufaika naye k<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong><br />
fikra za madhehebu yao katika maeneo ambayo hapo kabla<br />
113 Ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir, (uk. 245).<br />
114 Ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir, uk. 159.<br />
82
ha<strong>wa</strong>ku<strong>wa</strong> ni wenye kuyafahamu. Haifahamiki k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye kujadiliana na yeyote ambapo mjad<strong>al</strong>a<br />
hufikia kusimama au k<strong>wa</strong>mba chochote anachozungumzia<br />
katika eneo fulani ya elimu – i<strong>wa</strong>po inahusiana na sayansi ya<br />
Shar’iah au nyengineyo – basi k<strong>wa</strong> hapo ha<strong>wa</strong>tonga’ra k<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>al</strong>amu <strong>wa</strong> eneo hilo na <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naougama nayo.” 115<br />
Pia amesema: “Masharti ya Ijtihaad y<strong>al</strong>ijumuika ndani yake<br />
katika namna ambayo ilitaki<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo mkub<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong> kuandika vizuri kabisa na kufanya vyema kabisa katika<br />
kutamka, kupanga, kuga<strong>wa</strong>nya na kuelezea.” 116<br />
• As-Suyuutiy ananukuu kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> az-Zamlakaaniy ambaye<br />
amesema:<br />
“Mta<strong>al</strong>amu wetu, Shaykh wetu, Imaam, M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni,<br />
Mpekee (<strong>al</strong>-Awhad), Haafidh, Mujtahid, Mwenye Ikhlaasi,<br />
Mwenye kuabudu (‘Aabid), Mfano, Imaam <strong>wa</strong> Maimamu,<br />
mfano <strong>wa</strong> Taifa, <strong>al</strong>ama ya Wanachuoni, mrithi <strong>wa</strong> Mitume,<br />
Mujtahid <strong>wa</strong> Mwisho, M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni pekee (Awhad) <strong>wa</strong><br />
Diyn, Barka k<strong>wa</strong> Uislamu, Ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni<br />
(A’laam), ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> Mutak<strong>al</strong>limiy, muharibifu <strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>zushi, mwenye kuikamata na kuinga’risha sayansi ya<br />
maajabu kabisa, mwenye Kuihuisha Sunnah. Ni yule ambaye<br />
Allaah Amemfadhilisha juu yetu, na kujenga ushahidi dhidi<br />
ya maadui Zake... Taqiyud-Diyn Ibn Taymiyyah...”<br />
• Kisha as-Suyuutiy anafuatizishia hili k<strong>wa</strong> kusema:<br />
“Nimenukuu <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> huu kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> maandiko ya<br />
Allaamah, mtu <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong> na sifa za kipekee katika enzi<br />
zake, Shaykh Kama<strong>al</strong> ad-Diyn az-Zamlakaaniy, Rehma za<br />
Allaah ziwe juu yake, ambaye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye kusema,<br />
115 Ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir, uk. 58.<br />
116 Ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir, uk. 58.<br />
83
‘yule ambaye amehifadhi zaidi kuliko yeye hakupata<br />
kuonekana katika miaka mia tano iliyopita.’” 117<br />
• As-Suyuutiy amesema katika h<strong>al</strong>i ya kuujadili <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke:<br />
“Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam, Haafidh, Faqiyh, Mujtahid, Mufassir <strong>wa</strong><br />
kipekee, adimu k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke, M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>wa</strong><br />
Ikhlaasi” 118<br />
Tuna uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kutaja Wanachuoni zaidi ambao <strong>wa</strong>limsifu, lakini<br />
insha Allaah k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e tuliyoweza kunukuu hapo juu yanatosha<br />
kuipaka rangi picha ya Imaamu huyu k<strong>wa</strong> uadilifu na ukweli.<br />
Ama k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le Wanachuoni ambao <strong>wa</strong>metumia jina la ‘Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Islaam’ k<strong>wa</strong>ke yeye, basi <strong>wa</strong>po wengi na inahitaji vitabu vyengine<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>orodhesha. 119<br />
117 Al-Ashbaah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nadhaa’ir an-Nahwiyyah, (3/681), ang<strong>al</strong>ia pia ‘Dhail <strong>al</strong>aa<br />
Tabaqaat <strong>al</strong>-Hanaabila’ (2/392-393)<br />
118 Tabaqaat <strong>al</strong>-Huffaadh, (uk. 516 nam. 1144), na <strong>al</strong>-Asbaah <strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Nadhaa’ir,<br />
as-Suyuutiy (3/683).<br />
119 Kama ilivyofany<strong>wa</strong> na baadhi ya Wanachuoni, miongoni m<strong>wa</strong>o ni Ibn<br />
Naasir ad-Diyn ndani ya kitabu kilichotaj<strong>wa</strong> cha ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir.<br />
84
HITIMISHO<br />
Miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>chache, ambao dunia imez<strong>al</strong>isha kama ni mtu<br />
mwenye ubongo wenye kufahamu sana, hadhi na sifa, Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mmoja <strong>wa</strong>o. Sifa zake bora na<br />
hadhi yake pekee kama ni M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>wa</strong> Kiislamu ni zaidi ya<br />
utangulizi wowote. Wanachuoni wengi <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati<br />
wetu <strong>wa</strong>naonekana ku<strong>wa</strong> ni wenye kuikusanya elimu yake.<br />
Amechangia mengi takriban katika matawi yote na vitovu vya<br />
elimu ya Kiislamu.<br />
Ma<strong>wa</strong>zo yake, fikra na maamuzi yameathiri k<strong>wa</strong> mapana nyanja<br />
tofauti za maisha ya Kiislamu.<br />
Shaykh-ul-Islaam <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye kuzikamata vyema dhana<br />
na imani za madhehebu tofauti ya Kiislamu na h<strong>al</strong>ikadh<strong>al</strong>ika<br />
Ukiristo. Ndani ya kazi zake, amechukua ilani makini katika imani<br />
zote hizi na kunyofoa kutokana nazo Imani sahihi na bora na<br />
kuufundisha Uislamu.<br />
Ibn Taymiyyah amejenga mazingira ya kimapinduzi ya kifikra<br />
kupitia mapote yote mawili; fikra zake na jitihada zake za<br />
uhuishaji ambayo athari yake yanahisi<strong>wa</strong> sio tu k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
lakini tokea enzi hizo hadi leo. Katika <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke, <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>megawika aidha katika <strong>wa</strong>le ambao <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />
<strong>wa</strong>pinzani wenye nguvu au <strong>wa</strong>fuasi wenye nguvu ambao k<strong>wa</strong><br />
ukamilifu <strong>wa</strong>memkub<strong>al</strong>i, au <strong>wa</strong>siojikub<strong>al</strong>isha, ambao <strong>wa</strong>likub<strong>al</strong>i<br />
baadhi ya ma<strong>wa</strong>zo na kukataa baadhi. Ibn Taymiyyah ameacha<br />
nyuma idadi kub<strong>wa</strong> kabisa ya vitabu na ustaarabu. Wapinzani<br />
85
<strong>wa</strong>ke ghafla <strong>wa</strong>kazama kwenye kutojulikana, h<strong>al</strong>i ya ku<strong>wa</strong> hadhi<br />
na kukub<strong>al</strong>ika k<strong>wa</strong> kazi zake kumeongezeka.<br />
Katika maisha yake, umaarufu <strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah na taathira<br />
ulienea zaidi ya mipaka ya Misri na Syria. Alipofung<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> mara<br />
ya mwisho ndani ya jela ya Damascus, barua nyingi zilikuja<br />
kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kaazi <strong>wa</strong> Baghdad <strong>wa</strong>kipinga dhidi ya kukamat<strong>wa</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong>ke na kutaka kuachi<strong>wa</strong> huru. Alipokufa, s<strong>wa</strong>lah ya maziko<br />
ilifanyika katika kila ardhi <strong>wa</strong>liosikia kifo chake.<br />
Iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni muhimu kuandika kuhusiana na mtu huyu mkub<strong>wa</strong>;<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni mkub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>iyeishi baada ya vizazi vitatu bora,<br />
kizazi cha <strong>wa</strong>rithi <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ongofu (S<strong>al</strong>af as-S<strong>wa</strong><strong>al</strong>ih).<br />
Vyanzo Vikuu<br />
Qur-aan<br />
Hadiyth<br />
MAREJEO<br />
Muhammad Taqiyud-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Hil<strong>al</strong>i na Dr. Muhsin Khan, Qur-aan<br />
Tukufu – Tafsiri K<strong>wa</strong> Kiingerea ‘The Noble Qur-aan’, English<br />
Translation of the Meanings and Commentary, (KING FAHD<br />
COMPLEX FOR THE PRINTING OF THE HOLY QUR-AAN,<br />
Madinah, K.S.A.)<br />
86
Al-Bazzaar, <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Abu Hafs ‘Umar Ibn ‘Aliy. Al-A'laam <strong>al</strong>-<br />
'Aliyyah Fiy Manaaqib Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-lslaam Ibn Taymiyyah, tahqiyq ya<br />
Zuhayr ash-Shaawiysh, toleo la tatu, 1400H, <strong>al</strong>-Maktab <strong>al</strong>-Islaamiy,<br />
Beirut.<br />
Al-Bazzaar, <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Abu Hafs ‘Umar Ibn ‘Aliy: Sifa Bora za Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah ‘The Lofty Virtues of Ibn Taymiyyah’, kilichofasiri<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
Abu Sabaaya.<br />
Al-Bukhaariy, toleo la mtandao, URL<br />
(http://www.Sahih<strong>al</strong>bukhari.com/sps/sbk/)<br />
Al-Miqriyziy, As-Suluuk li Ma'rifah Du<strong>wa</strong>l <strong>al</strong>-Muluuk, tahqiyq ya<br />
Musfafaa Ziyaadah, chapa ya pili ya 1957, Matba'ah Lajnah at-T<strong>al</strong>iif<br />
<strong>wa</strong> at-Tarjamah, Cairo.<br />
Ibn ‘Abdil-Haadiy, Al-‘Uquud ad-Duriyyah, Matba’ Hijazi, Cairo<br />
Ibraahiym Muhammad <strong>al</strong>-‘Aliy, Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ahmad Ibn<br />
Taymiyyah Rajul <strong>al</strong>-Islaah <strong>wa</strong> ad-Da’<strong>wa</strong>h, 2000, Daar <strong>al</strong>-Q<strong>al</strong>am,<br />
Damascus<br />
Ibn Kathiyr, <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Abi Fidaa Ismaa’iyl, <strong>al</strong>-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong>n-<br />
Nihaayah, toleo la m<strong>wa</strong>nzo 1421H, daar <strong>al</strong>-Manaaar, Cairo.<br />
Ibn Naasir ad-Diyn ad-Dimashqiy, Ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir '<strong>al</strong>aa man<br />
za'ama bi anna man sammaa Ibn Taymiyyah Shaykhul- Islaam Kaafir,<br />
tahqiyq ya Zuhayr ash-Shaawiysh, toleo la m<strong>wa</strong>nzo, 1400H, <strong>al</strong>-<br />
Maktab <strong>al</strong>-Islaamiy, Beirut.<br />
Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim, Al-Waabil as-Sayyib, Daar <strong>al</strong>-Bayaan.<br />
Ibn Taymiyyah, Al-Ja<strong>wa</strong>ab as-S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh li man Badd<strong>al</strong>a Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Masiyh,<br />
kilichochap<strong>wa</strong> chini ya usimamizi <strong>wa</strong> 'Aliy as-Subh <strong>al</strong>-Madaniy,<br />
Matba'ah <strong>al</strong>-Madaniy, Cairo.<br />
Barua ya Ibn Taymiyyah kutoka Jela ‘Ibn Taymeeyah’ Letter from the<br />
Prison’, iliyochaguli<strong>wa</strong> na kutole<strong>wa</strong> utangulizi na Muhammad <strong>al</strong>-<br />
’Abdah na kufasiri<strong>wa</strong> na Abu Ammar, toleo la m<strong>wa</strong>nzo 1998,<br />
kimechapish<strong>wa</strong> na kusambaz<strong>wa</strong> na Message of Islam, UK.<br />
87
Ibn Taymiyyah, Majmu’ <strong>al</strong>-Fataa<strong>wa</strong>a, toleo la m<strong>wa</strong>nzo 1421H, Daar<br />
<strong>al</strong>-Kutub <strong>al</strong>-‘Ilmiyyah, Beirut.<br />
Muhammad Ibn Ahmad Ibn 'Iyaas <strong>al</strong>-Hanafiy, Badaa'i' az-Zuhuur<br />
fiy Waqaa'i' ad-Duhuur, tahqiyq Muhammad Mustafaa, chapa ya pili<br />
1402H, <strong>al</strong>-Hay'ah <strong>al</strong> Misriyyah <strong>al</strong>-'Aamah lil-Kitaab, Cairo.<br />
Vyanzo Vidogo<br />
Abu Ameenah Bil<strong>al</strong> Philips, Mabadiliko na Maendeleo ya Fiqhi<br />
‘Evolution of Fiqh’, Internation<strong>al</strong> Islamic Publishing House, 2006<br />
Abu Rumaysah, Shaykh Al-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah (RahimahuLlaah),<br />
URL<br />
http://www.<strong>al</strong>laahuakbar.net/scholars/Ibn_taymiyyah/Shaykh_<br />
<strong>al</strong>-<strong>islaam</strong>.htm<br />
Abu Saf<strong>wa</strong>an, Shaykh ul-Islâm ibn Taymiyyah, URL<br />
http://www.Sunnahonline.com/ilm/seerah/0047.htm<br />
Abu Zahra, Muhammad: Ibn Taymiyyah, Hayaatuhu <strong>wa</strong> ‘Aswruhu<br />
<strong>wa</strong> Araauhu <strong>wa</strong> Fiquhuhu, Cairo (1952).<br />
88